false2021FY0001169652--12-31http://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#AccountingStandardsUpdate201613Member1http://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#PropertyPlantAndEquipmentNethttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#PropertyPlantAndEquipmentNethttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#OtherLiabilitiesCurrenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#OtherLiabilitiesCurrenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#OtherLiabilitiesCurrenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#OtherLiabilitiesCurrenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#OtherLiabilitiesNoncurrenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#OtherLiabilitiesNoncurrenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2021-01-31#OtherLiabilitiesNoncurrent—00011696522021-01-012021-12-3100011696522021-06-30iso4217:USD00011696522022-01-31xbrli:shares00011696522021-12-3100011696522020-12-31iso4217:USDxbrli:shares00011696522020-01-012020-12-3100011696522019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:CommonStockMember2018-12-310001169652us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2018-12-310001169652us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2018-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2018-12-3100011696522018-12-310001169652us-gaap:CommonStockMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:CommonStockMember2019-12-310001169652us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2019-12-310001169652us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2019-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2019-12-3100011696522019-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMembersrt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2020-12-310001169652srt:CumulativeEffectPeriodOfAdoptionAdjustmentMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:BlueBoardMember2020-12-310001169652ecom:BlueBoardMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:SoftwareAndSoftwareDevelopmentCostsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMembersrt:MinimumMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMembersrt:MaximumMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember2021-01-012021-12-31ecom:segment0001169652ecom:SoftwareandSoftwareDevelopmentCostsandHostedSoftwareConfigurationCostsMember2021-12-310001169652ecom:SoftwareandSoftwareDevelopmentCostsandHostedSoftwareConfigurationCostsMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2020-12-310001169652ecom:ComputerHardwareFurnitureandOfficeEquipmentandLeaseholdImprovementsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:ComputerHardwareFurnitureandOfficeEquipmentandLeaseholdImprovementsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652ecom:ComputerHardwareFurnitureandOfficeEquipmentandLeaseholdImprovementsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:BlueBoardMember2020-07-232020-07-230001169652ecom:BlueBoardMember2020-07-230001169652us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMemberecom:BlueBoardMember2020-07-230001169652us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMemberecom:BlueBoardMember2020-07-230001169652ecom:BlueBoardMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:CustomerRelationshipsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:TechnologyBasedIntangibleAssetsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652srt:ScenarioForecastMember2020-01-012022-08-31xbrli:pure0001169652us-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberecom:TwoThousandTwentyRevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember2020-08-050001169652us-gaap:LetterOfCreditMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberecom:TwoThousandTwentyRevolvingCreditFacilityMember2020-08-050001169652us-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberecom:TwoThousandTwentyRevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:BaseRateMemberus-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember2020-08-052020-08-050001169652us-gaap:LondonInterbankOfferedRateLIBORMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberecom:TwoThousandTwentyRevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember2020-08-052020-08-050001169652us-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberecom:TwoThousandTwentyRevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMember2020-08-052020-08-0500011696522021-09-160001169652ecom:RetailersBrandsOtherMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:RetailersMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:RetailersMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652ecom:RetailersMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:BrandsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:BrandsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652ecom:BrandsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:OtherMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:OtherMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652ecom:OtherMember2019-01-012019-12-3100011696522022-01-012021-12-3100011696522020-01-010001169652us-gaap:PrepaidExpensesAndOtherCurrentAssetsMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:InternalRevenueServiceIRSMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:InternalRevenueServiceIRSMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:ForeignCountryMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:ForeignCountryMember2020-12-310001169652ecom:DeferredTaxAssetsFromCurrentOperationsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:DeferredTaxAssetsFromCurrentOperationsMember2020-01-012020-12-31ecom:return0001169652ecom:TwoThousandThirteenPlanMember2013-05-310001169652ecom:TwoThousandThirteenPlanMember2013-05-012013-05-310001169652ecom:TwoThousandThirteenPlanMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2022-01-012022-01-010001169652ecom:TwoThousandThirteenPlanMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMembersrt:MinimumMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652srt:MaximumMemberecom:PerformanceSharesTwoThousandTwentyFiscalYearGrantsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652srt:MaximumMemberecom:PerformanceSharesTwoThousandTwentyOneFiscalYearGrantsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:ShareBasedCompensationAwardTrancheOneMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:ShareBasedCompensationAwardTrancheTwoMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMembersrt:MinimumMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMembersrt:MaximumMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember2020-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember2021-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:PerformanceSharesMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:StockOptionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:StockOptionMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:StockOptionMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:CostsofGoodsandServicesSoldMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:OtherNonoperatingIncomeExpenseMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652country:US2021-01-012021-12-310001169652country:US2020-01-012020-12-310001169652country:US2019-01-012019-12-310001169652us-gaap:NonUsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652us-gaap:NonUsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652us-gaap:NonUsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:MarketplacesMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:MarketplacesMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652ecom:MarketplacesMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:DigitalMarketingMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:DigitalMarketingMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652ecom:DigitalMarketingMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652ecom:OtherProductsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001169652ecom:OtherProductsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001169652ecom:OtherProductsMember2019-01-012019-12-310001169652country:GB2021-01-012021-12-310001169652country:GB2020-01-012020-12-310001169652country:GB2019-01-012019-12-31

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549  
_____________________________________
FORM 10-K
(Mark one)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
or
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____ to ____
Commission file number 001-35940
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware   56-2257867
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)
3025 Carrington Mill Boulevard
Morrisville, NC
27560
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (919) 228-4700
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class Trading Symbol Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value ECOM New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
_____________________________________  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ☒  Yes     ☐   No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    ☐  Yes     ☒  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     ☒   Yes    ☐  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).     ☒  Yes     ☐  No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer        Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   ☐  Yes    ☒  No    
    The aggregate market value of ChannelAdvisor Corporation voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2021 (the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based on the closing sale price of $24.51 as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on that date was $714,020,001.
At January 31, 2022, 30,188,595 shares of ChannelAdvisor Corporation Common Stock, $0.001 par value, were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Company's definitive proxy statement, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
    This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Annual Report") contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in Part I, Item 1. "Business," Part I, Item 1A. "Risk Factors," and Part II, Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," but are also contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words "may," "might," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "objective," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "continue" and "ongoing," or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this Annual Report, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:
the growth of the e-commerce industry and the software-as-a-service, or SaaS, enterprise application software market in general and particularly in our markets;
the expected growth of gross merchandise value, or GMV, sold on marketplaces and comparison shopping websites and advertising dollars spent on paid search;
the potential and continuing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and on the e-commerce industry;
consumer adoption of mobile devices and usage for commerce;
the growth of social networking and commerce applications;
sellers' online sales strategies and fulfillment models;
our growth strategy; and
our beliefs about our capital expenditure requirements and that our capital resources will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months.
    You should refer to Item 1A. "Risk Factors" section of this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. You should, therefore, not rely on these forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this Annual Report.
1


TABLE OF CONTENTS
  Page
3
16
33
33
33
33
34
35
Item 7.
36
53
54
81
81
81
81
82
82
82
82
82
82
86
87
 

2

Table of Contents
PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
COMPANY OVERVIEW
We are a leading provider of cloud-based e-commerce solutions whose mission is to connect and optimize the world's commerce. For over two decades, we have helped brands and retailers worldwide to streamline their e-commerce operations, expand to new channels and grow their sales. Our multichannel commerce platform allows our customers to connect to hundreds of global channels, market to consumers on those channels, sell products, manage fulfillment processes, and analyze and optimize channel performance. Thousands of customers depend on us to securely power their e-commerce operations on channels such as Amazon, eBay, Facebook, Google, Shopify, Walmart and Zalando. Our platform helps global brands gain a competitive advantage with actionable insights into digital shelf performance across thousands of retailer websites and marketplaces and helps make digital campaigns shoppable. Overall, our platform provides the breadth, scalability and flexibility to facilitate billions of dollars in e-commerce transactions annually across the globe.
We serve customers across a wide range of industries and geographies. Our customers include the online businesses of brands and retailers, as well as advertising agencies that use our solutions on behalf of their clients.
E-commerce has grown steadily over the last two decades, as consumers have increasingly shifted their retail purchases from traditional brick-and-mortar stores to online stores and marketplaces. In the last two years, this growth accelerated due to the global novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, pandemic. Growth in e-commerce has been due to a number of factors, including:
availability and ease of accessing a broader selection of merchandise online;
consumer convenience and safety, as well as ease of use;
more competitive and transparent pricing;
increased functionality and reliability of e-commerce websites;
convenience and speed of order fulfillment;
broad use of mobile connected devices for e-commerce; and
proliferation of specialized websites and online distribution channels.
As a result of these factors, consumers today have more options than ever before to discover, research and purchase products online.
While these e-commerce growth drivers create significant opportunities for brands and retailers, they also create additional complexity and challenges. Brands and retailers seeking new avenues to expand their online sales must manage product data and transactions across hundreds of highly fragmented online channels where data attributes vary, requirements change frequently and the pace of innovation is rapid and increasing. With speed of order fulfillment becoming increasingly strategic to winning business, brands and retailers often interface with multiple fulfillment service providers, each with different technological capabilities and communication requirements. Many larger brands also seek to manage and nurture traditional retail relationships along with direct-to-consumer channels.
OUR MARKET OPPORTUNITY
We believe that the addressable market for our enterprise software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions is large, growing and under-penetrated, especially with brands customers. Our technology helps brands as well as retailers navigate the evolving e-commerce landscape and enables them to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across these disparate online channels. In addition, we facilitate improved collaboration between brands and their authorized resellers through solutions that deliver high value leads from brands to those resellers. We generate the majority of our revenue from our customers' usage of our SaaS solutions, which are organized into modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, digital marketing websites and authorized reseller websites. Using our solutions, customers can:
connect with new channels and more easily integrate with channels they already use;
access online sources of consumer demand, such as marketplaces and social networks;
3

Table of Contents
adapt to the frequently changing policies and requirements of each channel;
manage real-time inventory allocation and availability across channels;
implement dynamic pricing and promotion strategies across channels;
efficiently manage, evaluate and optimize customer traffic to their own e-commerce websites;
connect to fulfillment and logistics providers on a global scale;
more easily sell into new geographic territories worldwide;
provide a seamless consumer journey from brand websites and digital marketing campaigns to the e-commerce sites and physical stores of authorized resellers;
reduce dependence on in-house information technology staff and avoid significant up-front capital expenses; and
access in real-time the latest product and software upgrades that we regularly release on our SaaS platform to keep up with the rapid pace of change and innovation in the market.
We derive our revenue primarily from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for usage of our platform for a specified contract term, which is usually one year. The majority of our subscription fee is based on the amount of a customer's GMV processed on our platform. Our subscription fee may also be based on the amount of advertising spend processed on our platform. A portion of the GMV-based or advertising spend-based subscription fee is based on a specified minimum amount of GMV or advertising spend that a customer expects to process through our platform. The remaining portion of GMV-based or advertising spend-based fee is typically variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV or advertising spend processed through our platform that exceeded the customer's specified minimum GMV or advertising spend amount. We believe that our pricing model aligns our interests with those of our customers. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
Increasing complexity and fragmentation for brands and retailers selling online
E-commerce is a large and global market that continues to expand as brands and retailers continue to increase their online sales. However, it is also an increasingly complex and fragmented market due to the hundreds of channels available to brands and retailers and the rapid pace of change and innovation across those channels. Historically, a brand or retailer might have simply established an online storefront and used a basic paid search program to drive traffic to its website. Today, in order to gain consumers' attention in a more crowded and competitive online marketplace, an increasing number of brands and many retailers sell their merchandise through multiple online channels, each with its own rules, requirements and specifications. In addition, brands and retailers often seek to sell their products in multiple countries, each with its own local consumer preferences and behaviors.
Several significant trends have contributed to this increasing complexity and fragmentation, including:
Increase in brands' participation in direct-to-consumer e-commerce. With the continued success of Amazon and the struggles of some traditional retail partners, more brands are exploring or participating in direct-to-consumer online sales using their own websites and/or third-party marketplaces. The shift to direct-to-consumer online sales is forcing brands to enhance their logistics and fulfillment capabilities compared to the traditional brick-and-mortar retail model. However, because those traditional retail partners may still represent a majority of revenue for many brands, brands typically desire solutions that allow collaboration with those partners in addition to direct-to-consumer solutions.
Emergence and growth of online third-party marketplaces.    Third-party marketplaces, which are marketplaces that aggregate many sellers, are an increasingly important driver of growth for a number of large online retailers. Some of these marketplaces, such as Amazon, offer products from their own inventory, known as first-party products, as well as products sold by others, known as third-party products; other marketplaces, such as eBay, offer only third-party products. In addition, several of the largest traditional brick-and-mortar retailers, including Kroger, Target, Urban Outfitters and Walmart, have incorporated third-party marketplaces into their online storefronts, allowing other brands and retailers to market their products to consumers they might not otherwise reach.
4

Table of Contents
Mainstream adoption of mobile devices for e-commerce.    Smartphones enable new consumer shopping behaviors, such as in-store barcode scanning to find online promotions, better pricing or alternative products. While benefiting consumers by increasing the transparency and accessibility of e-commerce, the proliferation of mobile devices and mobile commerce requires brands and retailers to build additional device-specific optimization and functionality into their websites, increasing the complexity of managing their online presences.
Growth of additional online consumer touch points.    As consumers have moved more of their shopping and product discovery online, search engines, social networks and certain comparison shopping sites such as Google Shopping, as well as brand websites, have emerged as key influencers and important points of product research for consumers making purchase decisions.
Changing e-commerce landscape. In an effort to stay relevant to consumers, the large e-commerce platforms are expanding their offerings. Third-party marketplaces are monetizing their significant online traffic through search advertising, while traditional search engines and social networks are adding marketplace capabilities. The result is that brands and retailers need to have additional skills, tools and competencies to compete in this increasingly complex world.
Expansion of the global e-commerce ecosystem.    The increasingly global e-commerce ecosystem presents opportunities for brands and retailers to extend their online presence through country- or region-specific marketplaces, such as Alibaba in Asia, Zalando in Europe and The Iconic in Australia. Conversely, the growth of marketplaces such as Amazon into new countries is driving selling opportunities for brands and retailers to sell to a broader, global audience.
Widespread use of social networking and commerce applications.    The rapid growth of social networking and commerce applications provides a valuable channel through which brands and retailers can connect to consumers.
Challenges with alternative e-commerce solutions
The fragmentation and increasing complexity of e-commerce channels are placing greater demands on brands and retailers that seek to grow their online sales. These brands and retailers require solutions that will enable them to easily integrate their product offerings and inventory across multiple online channels. Traditional solutions, however, typically suffer from several limitations, including the following:
In-house solutions are costly and may be slow to adapt to industry change and innovation.    To maintain pace with the speed of change and innovation of online channels, brands and retailers that rely on in-house capabilities are required to invest in and maintain significant technological infrastructure, human resources and industry relationships. Successful in-house solutions may typically require longer periods of setup time, substantial up-front capital expenditures and significant ongoing maintenance expense.
Point solutions are limited in functionality and channels supported.    There are numerous narrowly tailored, or point, solutions available for brands and retailers to help them manage single online channels or a single category of channels, but these point solutions often do not address the needs of brands and retailers seeking to manage pricing and inventory across multiple channels through a single, unified platform.
Solutions provided by the channels are not aligned with customers' broader online goals.    Most online channels offer their own solutions that help brands and retailers connect with their specific channel and provide basic inventory control and data reporting functionality. By their very nature, however, these solutions are not channel independent and cannot help customers coordinate or optimize their online sales across the multiple online avenues available to them. As with point solutions, brands and retailers must work with disparate third-party providers to connect with a broad array of channels, which requires significant time and costs.
Neither in-house nor point solutions adequately address fulfillment requirements, leading to error-prone processes.    In-house and point solutions tend to focus on point-to-point connectivity from channels to enterprise resource planning, with separate resources focusing on enterprise resource planning to fulfillment. This design leads to a disconnected experience, decreasing speed of fulfillment and increasing risk of product being out of stock. Slower fulfillment and delayed shipments negatively impact customer satisfaction and online sales.
SaaS solutions generally offer customers several distinct advantages over traditional in-house models, known as on-premises solutions, including lower upfront and ongoing costs, faster speed of implementation and less reliance on internal IT staff.
5

Table of Contents
THE CHANNELADVISOR PLATFORM
The ChannelAdvisor multichannel commerce platform allows our customers to more easily integrate, manage and optimize their e-commerce operations across the entire consumer journey.
ECOM-20211231_G1.JPG

Specifically, our platform allows brands and retailers to:
Connect to hundreds of global channels including marketplaces, dropship retailers, search and shopping engines, social media and online storefronts in order to meet consumers where they prefer to discover and shop, without having to separately integrate with each channel.
Market effectively to consumers on those channels by automating and optimizing processes related to the management of product content, pricing, advertising, competitive analysis and brand protection.
Sell products to interested consumers on global marketplaces, in web stores, through resellers or, for some brands, by connecting those shoppers directly to authorized retail partners from their own sites and digital campaigns.
Fulfill orders in a timely manner through integrations with global distribution, fulfillment and logistics providers.
Optimize e-commerce performance by highlighting channel sales and advertising results along with opportunities for improvement, and enabling brands to monitor their products on reseller sites globally.
We offer our platform customers the choice of self-service accounts or managed-service accounts. Self-service customers operate our software themselves, while managed-service customers generally outsource most or all of the management of one or more channels to our experienced services team, which then provides services, including the operation of our software on the customer's behalf, based on best practices and the customer's instructions.
Specific platform capabilities include the following:
Connect
ChannelAdvisor helps brands and retailers connect to hundreds of global channels
Connecting to global channels involves sophisticated integrations with unique requirements per channel. Our platform includes the following key capabilities to help brands and retailers efficiently manage global sales and advertising channels:
6

Table of Contents
Integrations.    Our platform is integrated with hundreds of channels, including global marketplaces, search and shopping engines, social media, web stores and dropship retailers. Our customers can also create product feeds to custom destinations.
Product catalog. Our platform allows customers to upload and regularly update their product catalog data with a single inventory feed using a sophisticated user interface, file exchange or application programming interface (API). Each customer has the flexibility to customize product catalog data attributes for its unique requirements and to vary the format of the data to meet the specific requirements of each channel.
Product matching. Once the product catalog is loaded, our platform provides features that improve the ability of our customers to successfully list their products on the various channels. Depending on the needs of the particular channel, our platform can pre-validate customer data and formats before transmitting to the channel, reducing errors caused by poor data quality and reducing the time it takes to list products on that channel. On some channels, we employ advanced product-matching algorithms that are designed to accurately place the customer's product catalog within the channel's product classification taxonomy.
Market
ChannelAdvisor helps brands and retailers market the right products to the right consumers at the right time
Connecting to consumers involves having the right offer, a competitive price, accurate and descriptive product content, and effective advertising to capture consumer attention. Our platform includes the following key capabilities to help brands and retailers connect with consumers when they are ready to buy:
Product content management and optimization. Our platform includes sophisticated tools and product listing templates for automating and optimizing product data for each channel. Brands and retailers can utilize these tools to customize product listing descriptions across various channels using product attributes. These features allow customers to automatically advertise and offer millions of products on multiple channels while ensuring accuracy of product content, availability and price at the individual product level. Our platform also allows brands to produce custom spreadsheets to provide product data to retailers that do not support an automated approach.
Digital marketing management. Our platform and services provide customers the ability to create, manage and evaluate advertising using a variety of ad formats across multiple channels, including search engines, social networks, marketplaces and retail media. Our unified platform enables our customers to manage advertising across a large number of channels more efficiently and use information from one channel to inform decisions on other channels. Campaign optimization features such as bid management and keyword harvesting can help drive ad spend efficiency.
Shoppable Media solutions for digital campaigns. Our platform allows brands to create a one-click path to purchase from digital marketing and social campaigns, allowing for retail partners to be included in promotions while eliminating out-of-stock dead-ends by dynamically linking to in-stock retailers and product variations. Our platform also supports the creation of interstitials, which are ads that load between two content pages, such as pop-up ads, that enable consumers to choose preferred retailers after clicking on the digital campaign.
Sell
ChannelAdvisor helps brands and retailers sell products where consumers prefer to shop

Interested consumers are more likely to buy when the path to purchase is easy. To meet this need, brands and retailers require accurate product content, availability status and prices across their selling channels. Further, consumers researching a brand's products or seeing brand advertising may not always be aware of where those products are in-stock at that moment for purchase. Our platform helps create an easier path to purchase for interested consumers through the following capabilities:
Inventory quantity and listing management. Our platform provides features that allow brands and retailers to list products on multiple channels while mitigating the risk of overselling. These features include the ability to allocate inventory across channels, set buffer quantities to avoid overselling and receive automatic updates based on changes to inventory. The platform supports regular updates to product listings to ensure that consumers have the most accurate product information, including availability and price.
Pricing automation. Our platform provides customers the ability to dynamically price their products across some of our available channels in alignment with their margin goals. Our pricing algorithms take into account the
7

Table of Contents
channel, competitive environment, margin thresholds, historical product sales and sales velocity. Using our solution, customers can avoid the manual effort of monitoring the competition and changing prices, while preserving the ability to remain price competitive. Algorithmic repricing uses predictive analytics and machine learning that may help our customers increase sales while maximizing their margins.
Shoppable Media solutions for brand sites. Our platform allows brands to host a dynamically updated widget on their product pages that presents consumers with online retailers that have products in-stock and that links directly to product pages or shopping carts on those retail sites. Similarly, the widget can present consumers with local offline stores close to the consumer that carry the brand's products. This creates an efficient path to purchase for the consumer, improves brand relationships with retailers, and provides brands with consumer insights.
Fulfill
ChannelAdvisor helps brands and retailers fulfill customer expectations
After placing an online order, customers expect quick, reliable and inexpensive or free shipping. Our platform includes the following key capabilities to help brands and retailers efficiently manage fulfillment operations:
Order management automation. Our platform consolidates marketplace, online storefront and dropship retail orders into a consolidated, customizable view, where they can be tagged, managed and exported in a variety of formats. Customers can manage delivery status, dates and tracking numbers.
Shipping management. Our platform integrates with a wide range of fulfillment options to enable maximum flexibility and resiliency for our customers. For customers that fulfill from their own warehouses, our platform provides shipping management functionality, including shipping label generation, connections to carriers and integrations with various shipping management solutions. Our platform also supports Fulfillment by Amazon, Walmart Fulfillment Services, Zalando Fulfillment Services, and integrations with a number of third-party logistics providers, supporting features such as synchronization of product availability, the generation and distribution of custom purchase orders and simplification of order status management.
Dropship fulfillment. We provide advanced support for dropshipping to help ease common challenges. Our platform allows for the easy mapping of product catalogs to those of channel partners, helps avoid overselling through integrated inventory quantity management, incorporates intelligent order routing to find the best distributor based on availability, cost and shipping speed and enables the management of tracking updates.
Custom fulfillment connections. We can provide support for brands that are expanding or looking to more efficiently manage existing fulfillment capabilities by building, managing and monitoring connections to distribution points within the fulfillment network.
Our fulfillment capabilities are enhanced by strategic partnerships with leaders in logistics and fulfillment.
Optimize
ChannelAdvisor helps brands and retailers optimize e-commerce strategies to improve results
Direct-to-consumer channel performance. For brands and retailers, our dashboards highlight sales trends, top performing products, seller reputation, repricing activity and buy box attainment, among other key performance indicators. The dashboards also alert customers to issues or errors, such as data that is in a form inconsistent with the requirements of a particular channel. These capabilities provide actionable, cross-channel insights that allow customers to quickly revise their business rules, listings and ads with the goal of improving sales and profitability.
Digital shelf analytics. Our platform enables global multichannel brands to manage online distribution, grow sales and protect their brand reputation. Brand Analytics solutions help brands monitor product assortment and availability on retail channels, understand pricing dynamics, identify areas for search performance improvement on the digital shelf and ensure that the brand looks its best through the use of approved product content and responses to critical customer reviews.
PLATFORM MODULES
While our platform allows our customers to more easily integrate, manage and optimize their online sales across the entire consumer journey, our customers will often enter a relationship with us focused on one aspect of that journey. To that end, we offer our solutions as a series of modules, including:
8

Table of Contents
Marketplaces. Our Marketplaces module connects customers to hundreds of third-party marketplaces across the globe, including Amazon, eBay, Google, Newegg, Overstock.com, Target, TradeMe, Walmart and Zalando. It also allows for the connection to web stores, such as Shopify, BigCommerce and Magento. In addition, this module allows our customers to compete more effectively through access to advertising programs, fulfillment services and other advanced features on major marketplaces. Further, brands and distributors can manage purchase orders, shipment notifications, stock quantities and invoices for multiple retail dropship partners.
Digital Marketing. Our Digital Marketing module allows customers to generate and send customized product data feeds to advertising channels and other channel partners, including affiliate networks, retargeting vendors, personalization vendors and product review platforms. It enables customers to advertise on comparison shopping websites such as Google Shopping, search engines such as Google and Microsoft's Bing, and social commerce sites such as Facebook, Instagram and Pinterest. The Digital Marketing module also supports retail media advertising programs on retail and marketplace sites such as Amazon, eBay and Walmart.
Shoppable Media. Our Shoppable Media module allows brands to provide their web visitors with an easy path to purchase using dynamic links to in-stock retail product pages or carts, or with information on where products can be purchased from local retail stores. The solution is designed to improve the consumer experience and help brands gain a better understanding of consumer behavior through detailed data about the flow of traffic between the brand and retailer. It also allows brands to make digital campaigns shoppable, enabling a one-click path to purchase from digital marketing and social campaigns or an interstitial that allows consumers to choose preferred retailers after clicking on the digital campaign.
Brand Analytics. Our Brand Analytics module helps global brands gain a competitive advantage on their e-commerce channels with actionable insights into how their products are performing on the digital shelf across thousands of retailer websites and marketplaces.
PLATFORM BENEFITS
We believe our platform offers the following key benefits for our customers:
Single, fully integrated solution.    Through our SaaS platform, we provide our customers with a single web-based interface as the central location to control, analyze and manage their online sales across hundreds of available channels and multiple geographies. This unified view enables our customers to more cost-effectively manage product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, fulfillment, search terms, ad campaigns, data analytics and other critical functions across channels based on the customer's specific rules and performance metrics in order to drive traffic and increase revenue.
Reduced integration costs, time to market and dependence on in-house resources. Customers can quickly and more easily introduce their products, both to channels on which they already have a presence and to new channels, without the costs related to installing and maintaining their own hardware and software infrastructure. A customer's initial installation and integration of our solutions can often be completed in less than two months, with additional modules generally available without committing significant additional resources to integrate. We manage and host our solutions on behalf of our customers, thereby reducing the customer's cost and dependency on dedicated IT staff or on-premises systems.
Scalable technology platform. The scalability of our platform allows us to quickly and efficiently support an increasing number of product listings and transactions as we add new customers, integrate new channels and accommodate seasonal surges in consumer demand.
Security and privacy. Our platform and infrastructure are designed to ensure the security of customer data and consumer data throughout all data storage and processing in compliance with global and applicable local privacy laws.
Flexibility to adapt and instantaneous access to our most up-to-date capabilities. Channels frequently update their product information requirements, policies, merchandising strategies and integration specifications, requiring their customers to frequently revise their product listings, attributes, business rules and possibly even their overall online business strategies. Without the ability to quickly adapt to these changes, their customers risk suspension or removal from a marketplace and loss of revenue. Through our single code base and multi-tenant architecture, we provide our customers with the latest channel updates through regular product upgrades. When we develop and
9

Table of Contents
deploy new features, functions and capabilities, or make changes to keep up with the changing priorities and requirements of each channel, our customers simultaneously benefit from those new capabilities and changes.
Data and reporting analytics. Through our platform's analytics and reporting capabilities, we provide our customers with insight into channel and product performance. Our dashboards highlight sales trends, top performing products, seller reputation and repricing activity, among other key performance indicators, and alert customers to issues and errors in product listings. These capabilities provide actionable insights that allow customers to evaluate and improve business results on existing or new channels. Additionally, our solution provides brands with insights about online assortment, product coverage gaps, pricing trends, customer reviews, and adherence by their retailers to content guidelines.
OUR TECHNOLOGY
Our platform is and always has been a cloud-based SaaS solution. We provide a single code base and multi-tenant architecture for our platform customers, which means that all customers operate on the same version of our software and that we do not customize our products for individual platform customers. Because of this, there is no need for our customers to download, install or upgrade software.
Our platform is highly configurable and designed to ensure that customers have the flexibility needed to implement their business processes. We have developed our proprietary technology platform with a focus on delivering industry-leading breadth, scalability, reliability and flexibility.
We develop our software using rapid iterations through small, incremental changes that are continuously integrated into our code base. Incremental improvements are generally released daily, with more significant enhancements and capabilities communicated approximately every 90 days. Because of our architecture, our customers benefit from our new capabilities as soon as they are made available.
Our platform uses a hybrid cloud architecture in which we utilize secure third-party data center facilities located in North America, as well as cloud-based infrastructure in North America and Europe. In the data center facilities, we deploy hardware we own, including servers, networking systems and storage systems. We use virtualization to maximize the utilization we achieve from our hardware systems. The data center facilities are biometrically secured, environmentally controlled and redundantly powered. We employ system security, including firewalls, encryption technology and antivirus software, and we conduct regular system tests and vulnerability and intrusion assessments. In the event of failure, we have engineered our systems with backup and recovery capabilities designed to provide for business continuity. We also make use of additional third-party cloud-based systems, such as content delivery networks, to augment the capabilities of our platform.
Developer Ecosystem
We offer third-party developers of complementary e-commerce solutions access to our platform through APIs, which enable those developers to build connections to our platform that meet their specific needs without requiring us to offer customized software code. We currently provide APIs to hundreds of third-party developers who have integrated their solutions with ours. For example, our API integrates our platform with business software provided by NetSuite, a provider of SaaS enterprise resource planning, customer relationship management and e-commerce solutions, to further streamline our joint customers' e-commerce operations.
KEY STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES AFFECTING OUR FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Given the rapidly evolving e-commerce landscape and increased demand for our proprietary SaaS cloud platform, particularly driven by the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on consumer shopping habits, in 2020 and 2021 we achieved substantial growth in revenue, especially from our brands customers, as well as adjusted EBITDA and cash flow. We intend to continue making incremental strategic investments focused on driving revenue growth, maintaining strong margin performance and building shareholder value. We expect our financial performance in the future to be driven by our ability to:
Increase penetration and expansion opportunities with new and existing brands customers;
Maintain an appropriate number of sales representatives to address anticipated increases in demand for our platform;
Enhance our services organization with investments in people and technology to better serve our customers;
Expand the number of marketplaces with which we integrate to further enhance transaction volume from marketplaces; and
10

Table of Contents
Execute on strategic investments in product innovation targeted to expand and optimize our platform and drive new revenue streams.
OUR CUSTOMERS
During the year ended December 31, 2021, no single customer accounted for more than 1.7% of our total revenue. Increased penetration with new and existing brands customers is a key strategic priority for our company. Consequently, we have seen an increasing proportion of our customer base and revenues come from brands customers as more brands seek to directly manage and optimize the advertising and selling of their products online. We generally categorize a customer as a brand if it primarily focuses on selling its own proprietary products. Over the last two years, we have made strategic investments in our sales and services organizations to accelerate new brands customer acquisition, as well as expansions with and retention of existing brands customers. These investments have helped drive record net bookings results and sustained revenue growth over this time period. For the year ended December 31, 2021, brands customers represented approximately 40% of our total revenue compared to approximately 33% for the year ended December 31, 2020. Subscription revenue from brands customers represented approximately 45% of total subscription revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to approximately 38% for the year ended December 31, 2020. We believe this is a positive trend and we will continue to focus our efforts on serving this important customer group. Our goal is to generate at least half of our revenues from brands by the end of 2022.
Our revenue fluctuates as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the peak consumer demand and related increased volume of our customers' GMV during the year-end holiday season. As a result, we have historically had higher revenue in our fourth quarter than other quarters due to increased GMV processed through our platform, resulting in higher variable fees.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancing the architecture of our technology platform, creating additional functionality for our customers, enhancing our external developer APIs and maintaining and extending the various points of integration we have to the online channels we support. We recorded research and development costs of $22.4 million, $19.0 million and $19.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in research and development costs is due to our investment in resources and technology to support the growth of our business.
COMPETITION
The market for products that help brands and retailers reach online consumers is competitive. The competitive dynamics of our market are unpredictable because it is rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations and the ability of channels to compete with us or make changes to which we need to rapidly adapt.
Several competitors provide solutions that compete with some of the capabilities of our platform, including those who provide software or services to connect brands and retailers with one or more online channels. We also compete with in-house solutions used by brands and retailers that elect to build and maintain their own proprietary integrations to online channels. In addition, we compete with the channels themselves, which typically offer software tools, often for free, allowing brands and retailers to connect to them.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include:
industry expertise and thought leadership;
relationships with leading online channels;
relationships with leading brands and retailers;
channel independence;
breadth of online channels supported;
integration of capabilities;
reporting and analytic capabilities;
proven and scalable technology; and
brand awareness and reputation.
11

Table of Contents
We believe that we compete favorably with respect to all of these factors.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
Our ability to protect our intellectual property, including our technology, is an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We protect our intellectual property through trade secrets law, patents, copyrights, trademarks and contracts. Some of our technology relies upon third-party licensed intellectual property.
We have received patent protection for some of our technologies in the United States and expect to apply for additional patents to protect our intellectual property as appropriate. We own trademark registrations in the U.S., the European Union, Australia, China, Hong Kong, Japan and Brazil for ChannelAdvisor and expect to apply for additional trademark registrations as appropriate.
In addition to the foregoing, we have established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements and assignment-of-inventions agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
The legal environment of the internet is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations will be applied to the internet in general, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, are often unclear. For example, we often cannot be certain how existing laws will apply in the e-commerce and online context, including with respect to such topics as privacy, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, content regulation, quality of products and services and intellectual property ownership and infringement. Furthermore, it is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as sales and other taxes and personal privacy will apply to the internet, as many of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the internet or e-commerce. It is also unclear how the laws that do reference the internet will be interpreted by courts, which may impact their applicability and scope. Compliance may be costly and may require us to modify our business practices and product offerings. In addition, it is possible that governments of one or more countries may seek to censor content available on the websites of our customers or may even attempt to completely block access to those websites. Noncompliance or perceived noncompliance could also subject us to significant penalties and negative publicity. Accordingly, adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business.
Customers load product information and other content onto our platform, generally without any control or oversight by us, at which point we may legally be considered to be the distributor of that content. This presents legal challenges to our business and operations, such as rights of privacy or intellectual property rights related to the content loaded onto our platform. Both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and comply with a host of legal concerns regarding the content loaded onto our platform. The scope of our liability for third-party content loaded to our platform for delivery to various online e-commerce channels may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may vary depending on the type of claim, such as privacy, infringement or defamation claims. Our ability to employ processes to quickly remove infringing or offending content from our platform, for example, is an important tool in protecting us from exposure for the potentially infringing activities of our users worldwide. We also incorporate protections in customer contracts that allow us to take steps, if needed, to limit our risk regarding much of the content loaded onto, and collected by, our platform and solutions.
Numerous laws and regulatory schemes have been adopted at the national and state level in the United States and internationally that have a direct impact on our business and operations. These laws include, but are not limited to, the following:
Copyright and trademark.    The Copyright Act of 1976 and the statutes and regulations associated with copyrights and trademarks and enforced by the United States Patent and Trademark Office are intended to protect the rights of third parties from infringement. Using our automated service, customers can generally upload any content they designate for use with our solutions. We maintain an active copyright and trademark infringement policy and respond to take-down requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content posted by our customers using our solutions. As our business expands to other countries, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including take-down and cease and desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright-protected technologies but includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights of others. Our copyright and trademark infringement policy is intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor in order to reduce our liability for customer-generated materials incorporated into our platform.
12

Table of Contents
Data privacy and security.    Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of personally identifiable information continues to be a focus of worldwide legislation and compliance review. Examples include statutes adopted by states that require online services to report breaches of the security of personal information, and to report to customers when their personal information might be disclosed to direct marketers. In addition, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, went into effect on January 1, 2020 and gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used by requiring companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers (as that term is broadly defined) and provide such consumers new ways to opt out of certain sales of personal information. A new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, was approved by California voters November 3, 2020. The CPRA will create additional obligations relating to consumer data beginning on January 1, 2022, with implementing regulations expected on or before July 1, 2022, and enforcement beginning July 1, 2023. Aspects of the CCPA and the CPRA (referred to collectively as "the California Legislation"), and their interpretation and enforcement, remain uncertain. Some observers have noted that the California Legislation could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, and we expect that new legislation proposed or enacted in various other states will continue to shape the data privacy environment nationally. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to confidential, sensitive and personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, Virginia recently passed its Consumer Data Protection Act and Colorado recently passed the Colorado Privacy Act, both of which differ from the California Legislation and go into effect on January 1, 2023 and July 1, 2023, respectively.
In Europe, the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, went into effect in May 2018 with the intent of unifying data protection within the European Union under a single law. The GDPR has resulted in significantly greater compliance burdens and costs for companies with customers and operations in the European Union. The GDPR introduced a number of privacy-related changes for companies operating in the European Union, including greater control for data subjects (e.g., the "right to be forgotten"), increased data portability for European Union consumers, data breach notification requirements and increased fines. In particular, under the GDPR, fines of up to 20 million euros or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the non-compliant company, whichever is greater, could be imposed for violations of certain of the GDPR's requirements. This government action is typically intended to protect the privacy of personal data that is collected, processed and transmitted in or from the European Union. These laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between us and our subsidiaries, including employee information. The European Court of Justice invalidated the use of the E.U.-U.S. Privacy Shield with which we were self-certified and had enabled the transfer of personal data from the European Union to the United States. We now make use of alternative data transfer mechanisms such as standard contractual clauses approved by the European Commission, or SCCs. On June 4, 2021, the European Commission adopted new SCCs under the GDPR for personal data transfers outside the EU.
Further, the United Kingdom's vote in favor of exiting the European Union, referred to as Brexit, and ongoing developments in the United Kingdom have created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. Currently, the data protection obligations of the GDPR continue to apply to the United Kingdom related to processing of personal data in substantially unvaried form and fashion under the UK GDPR. Also, on June 28, 2021, the European Commission announced a decision of "adequacy" concluding that the UK ensures an equivalent level of data protection to the GDPR, which provides some relief regarding the legality of continued personal data flows from the EEA to the UK. Some uncertainty remains, however, as this adequacy determination must be renewed after four years and may be modified or revoked in the interim. We cannot fully predict how the Data Protection Act, the UK GDPR, and other UK data protection laws or regulations may develop in the medium to longer term nor the effects of divergent laws and guidance regarding how data transfers to and from the UK will be regulated. However, going forward, there will be increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the United Kingdom and EEA.
We will continue to follow developments and work to maintain conforming means of transferring data from Europe, but despite our efforts to address continuing changes, we may be unsuccessful in establishing conforming means of transferring data from Europe.
We post on our website our privacy policies and practices concerning the use and disclosure of user data. Any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policies, U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, requirements or guidance or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings by governmental or regulatory bodies that could potentially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In this regard, there are a large number of legislative proposals before the U.S. Congress and various state legislative bodies regarding privacy issues that could affect our business. It is not possible to predict whether or when such legislation may be adopted, and certain proposals, if adopted, could harm our business through a decrease in customers and revenue. These
13

Table of Contents
decreases could be caused by, among other possible provisions, the required use of disclaimers or other requirements before prospective buyers can interact with our customers. For example, we have had to work with our customers to comply with the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) (Amendment) Regulations 2011 instituted by the United Kingdom, commonly referred to as the UK Cookie Law, which was designed to protect computer users from technologies identifying their computers and specified activities conducted on those computers without the users' consent. We use tracking technology to track purchases from our customers through our platform, in order to calculate variable fees owed by our customers, among other things. Prohibiting or inhibiting such tracking could make it difficult or impossible to monitor our variable fees. The interpretation and implementation of processes to comply with the UK Cookie Law continues to evolve, and we cannot predict how any new laws will apply to us or our business. Similar "do not track" legislative proposals have been considered in the United States at the federal level, although none have been enacted to date. If enacted, such legislative proposals could prohibit or restrict the use of certain technologies, including tracking technology.
Unsolicited e-mails and communications.    The CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 and similar laws adopted by a number of states regulate unsolicited commercial e-mails, create criminal penalties for unmarked sexually-oriented material and e-mails containing fraudulent headers and control other abusive online marketing practices. Similarly, FTC guidelines impose responsibilities upon us and our customers for communications with consumers and impose fines and liability for any failure to comply with rules relating to advertising or marketing practices that the FTC may deem misleading or deceptive. The European Union also maintains standards and regulations with respect to communications with consumers that we must comply with as we expand our marketing practices into those countries or with which our customers, utilizing our solutions, must comply. Some ways we seek to comply with these measures include requiring our customers to communicate with their consumers in order to comply with laws concerning spam and unsolicited emails and establishing processes to allow direct receivers of e-mail marketing communications from us to opt out of future communications.
Credit card protections.    The Payment Card Industry Council, or PCI Council, established and maintains security standards for companies that transmit, store or process credit card data. The PCI Council has created the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS. Though the PCI DSS is not law, merchants are required by contracts among various stakeholders in the credit card ecosystem to comply with the PCI DSS, with associated fines and penalties for non-compliance. Elements of the PCI DSS have begun to emerge as law in some states, however, and we expect the trend to continue as to further laws and restrictions in collecting and using credit card information. We do not receive, process, or store any credit card information, which we believe limits our exposure to liability under the PCI DSS. We utilize a third-party processor to collect credit card data in processing the fees paid to us by our customers. The third-party is certified as PCI DSS compliant for internet / e-commerce payment processing.
EMPLOYEES AND HUMAN CAPITAL RESOURCES
We believe our obligations as a corporation are multifaceted and that it is consistent with our duty to stockholders to also focus on the well-being of our employees and their level of engagement with us. We have developed policies and programs to attract, develop, motivate and retain exceptional employees to maintain our culture and uphold our ethical standards.
To accomplish this, we offer competitive total rewards, invest in ongoing learning and development, promote diversity, equity and inclusion, and focus on employee health, safety and well-being. ChannelAdvisor has formed a Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DE&I) task force that is focused on five key DE&I objectives for the company: driving awareness, accelerating opportunity, improving access, advocacy and accountability. We encourage you to read our Diversity Annual Report on our company website at www.channeladvisor.com/about/diversity-and-inclusion for additional information. This information is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. We are proud of our long history of inclusion and our merit-based culture, but also believe there is more work to do to promote DE&I internally and externally. We have also established seven employee-led employee resource groups, or ERGs, that aim to promote DE&I, foster and strengthen workplace culture, enhance professional development and leadership abilities and promote career growth and success.
Our benefits programs are designed to be market competitive and to attract and retain our employees. We strive to offer plans that are financially competitive and provide sufficient time off and flexible work arrangements. Full-time U.S. employees working 30 or more hours per week are eligible for a wide range of benefits, including medical insurance, telemedicine, flexible spending accounts, dental insurance, vision insurance, life and disability insurance, 401(k) retirement plan and paid time off, or PTO, starting at 20 days per year. We offer our employees a global employee assistance program, or EAP, with services available at no cost for all ChannelAdvisor employees. Our EAP offers confidential support and services in a number of areas, including life and work, mind and body, financial and legal and crisis support. In addition, we conduct surveys on a regular basis to assess employee engagement and the responses to our surveys reflect a high level of satisfaction. We use insights from our surveys and other employee feedback, including through town halls and other communication channels, to inform our human capital resources plans. We are also focused on comprehensive succession planning and development programs at all levels throughout the organization. We often promote candidates from within our existing employee base, for example.
14

Table of Contents
We recognize the importance of giving back to our communities, and encourage employees to support causes that are important to them. Therefore, all employees receive one additional day of PTO each calendar year to be used for volunteering and/or community service. This "Day to Give Back" PTO is provided in addition to the annual PTO allotment for which employees are already eligible.
The effects of COVID-19 and other external events over the last two years fundamentally altered how we support and engage our employees. Faced with the global COVID-19 crisis, we moved to a virtual work environment in March 2020, putting employee safety and well-being first, and were successful in making this transition. Because we were able to sustain employee productivity despite our virtual work environment, in early 2021, we implemented a permanent global flexible work policy that allows substantially all of our employees to choose a working environment that best suits their needs and the needs of our customers and our business.
We believe the human capital programs we have in place are market competitive and recognized by our employees, as evidenced by our having been recognized by Triangle Business Journal as a member of the 2021 class of "Best Places to Work" in the Triangle region of North Carolina, the seventh time we have won this recognition.
Our Board of Directors provides oversight of our approach to and investment in human capital management and leadership and talent development. Directly, and through its Compensation Committee and Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee, the Board engages regularly with management on human capital matters. As of December 31, 2021, we had 846 full-time personnel spanning seven countries, reflecting various backgrounds, ages, gender identities and ethnicities. Certain of our employees in various countries outside of the United States are subject to laws providing representation rights. We consider our relationship with our employees to be strong.
CORPORATE INFORMATION
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in June 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 3025 Carrington Mill Boulevard, Suite 500, Morrisville, North Carolina. Our telephone number is (919) 228-4700.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Our internet website address is www.channeladvisor.com. In addition to the information about us and our subsidiaries contained in this Annual Report, information about us can be found on our website. Our website and information included in or linked to our website are not part of this Annual Report.
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC's website is www.sec.gov.
15

Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
RISK FACTOR SUMMARY
Our business is subject to numerous risks. You should carefully consider the following risks, as well as general economic and business risks, and all of the other information contained in this Annual Report, together with any other documents we file with the SEC. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
Among these important risks are the following:
Global economic conditions, including those resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, could materially adversely affect demand for our solutions and our financial performance.
A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to sales by our customers on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces and through advertisements on Google. Our inability to continue to integrate our solutions with these channels would make our solutions less appealing to existing and potential new customers and could significantly reduce our revenue.
We rely in part on a pricing model under which a variable portion of the fees we receive from customers is based upon the amount of GMV or advertising spend that those customers process through our platform, and any change in the attractiveness of that model or any decline in our customers' sales could adversely affect our financial results.
We may not be able to respond to rapid changes in channel technologies or requirements, which could cause us to lose revenue and make it more difficult to maintain profitability.
If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected.
As more of our sales efforts are targeted at brands and larger customers, our sales cycle may become more time-consuming and expensive, and we may encounter pricing pressure, which could harm our business and operating results.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we do not compete successfully, we could experience lower sales volumes and pricing pressure, which could cause us to lose revenues, impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and compromise our ability to maintain profitability.
If the e-commerce industry consolidates around a limited number of online channels, or if the complexities and challenges faced by brands and retailers seeking to sell online otherwise diminish, demand for our solutions could decline.
Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.
If we pursue opportunistic acquisitions or investments they may be unsuccessful and/or divert our management's attention and consume significant resources.
Errors, defects or failures in our software, or human error, could cause our solutions to oversell our customers' inventory or misprice their offerings or could cause other errors, which would hurt our reputation and reduce customer demand.
If the use of "cookie" tracking technologies is restricted, regulated or otherwise blocked, or if changes in our industry cause cookies to become less reliable or acceptable as a means of tracking consumer behavior, the amount or accuracy of GMV processed on our platform, and our related revenue, could decrease.
We rely on non-redundant data centers and cloud computing providers to deliver our SaaS solutions. Any disruption of service from these providers could harm our business.
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.
Evolving domestic and international data privacy regulations may restrict our ability, and that of our customers, to solicit, collect, process, disclose and use personal information or may increase the costs of doing so, which could harm our business.
Cybersecurity incidents could harm our business and negatively impact our financial results.
Activities of our customers or the content of their websites could subject us to liability.
16

Table of Contents
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Global economic conditions, including those resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, could materially adversely affect demand for our solutions and our financial performance.
Our operations and performance depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions. Uncertainty about global economic conditions, including the ongoing global disruption due to the COVID-19 pandemic, and any subsequent outbreaks of COVID-19 or other infectious diseases, could negatively affect our ability to generate sales of our solutions. For example, customers may be unwilling to enter into or renew contracts with us as a result of reduced demand for their own products or their own economic uncertainty. In addition, tighter credit policies, increased unemployment rates, negative financial news or declines in income or asset values and other macroeconomic factors, or the perception that any of these may occur, could have a material negative effect on our customers' demand for our solutions and, accordingly, on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, a prolonged recession or market correction resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic could decrease technology spending, adversely affecting demand for our solutions, or could lead customers to renegotiate contracts and seek pricing concessions or terminate their contracts, which could negatively impact our revenues and the value of our common stock.
The global pandemic of COVID-19 continues to evolve rapidly, and we continue to monitor the situation closely and assess the potential effects on our business; however, the ultimate impact is highly uncertain and subject to change and will depend on a number of future developments, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration and any future recurrences of the outbreak including due to the emergence and spread of new variants of the virus, the duration and effect of business disruptions and the short-term effects and ultimate effectiveness of the travel restrictions, quarantines, social distancing requirements, vaccine deployment and business closures in the United States and other countries to prevent, contain and treat the disease. Accordingly, we do not yet know the full extent of potential impacts on our business and operations, or those of our business partners and customers, or the global economy as a whole. While the increase in e-commerce during the COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant positive impact on our results of operations thus far, we believe that the heightened GMV levels we have seen are likely to dissipate somewhat over time as COVID-19 vaccinations are administered to the overall population, retail stores reopen and stay-at-home orders ease. Reductions in GMV levels or future adverse impacts on our results of operations due to the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect our revenue growth and financial results for 2022 or beyond. Because our solutions are primarily sold on a subscription basis, any such adverse effects may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods. Accordingly, the current results and financial condition discussed in this Annual Report may not be indicative of our future operating results and trends.
Additionally, COVID-19 has led to well-publicized supply chain disruptions globally, across virtually every industry. Brands and retailers face increased difficulty sourcing parts and inventory, have encountered substantially increased shipping and logistics costs and often face labor shortages. For many businesses, this has led to increased costs, higher prices and disruptions to inventory availability, which may impact consumer spending and e-commerce volumes, particularly during the holiday season. Although we have not seen a significant impact to our business or our financial results thus far, these factors incrementally increase our uncertainty about the macroeconomic environment, and we believe these challenges may persist into 2022.
In addition to overall economic and market conditions resulting from COVID-19, our business could be negatively impacted by other developments that result in decreased consumer spending. For example, the United States in recent years imposed increased tariffs on certain imports from China and other countries. Any economic uncertainty caused by the United States tariffs imposed or expected to be imposed on goods from China or other countries, and any retaliatory counter-measures imposed by countries subject to such tariffs, could have a negative impact on consumer spending for discretionary items, which in turn could hurt our brand and retailer customers in a manner that might cause them to spend less on our solutions. Any such outcome could impair our revenues and results of operations.
A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to sales by our customers on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces and through advertisements on Google. Our inability to continue to integrate our solutions with these channels would make our solutions less appealing to existing and potential new customers and could significantly reduce our revenue.
A substantial majority of the GMV that our customers process through our platform is derived from merchandise sold on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces or advertised on Google, and a similar portion of our variable fees is attributable to sales by our customers through these channels. These channels, and the other channels with which our solutions are integrated, have no obligation to do business with us or to allow us access to their systems, and they may decide at any time and for any reason to significantly curtail or inhibit our ability to integrate our solutions with their channels. Additionally, Amazon, eBay or Google may make significant changes to their respective business models, policies, systems, plans or ownership, and those changes could impair or inhibit our customers' ability to use our solutions to sell their products on those channels, or may adversely
17

Table of Contents
affect the volume of GMV that our customers can sell on those channels or reduce the desirability of selling on those channels. Further, Amazon, eBay or Google could decide to compete with us more vigorously. Any of these results could cause our customers to reevaluate the value of our products and services and potentially terminate their relationships with us and significantly reduce our revenue.
We rely in part on a pricing model under which a variable portion of the fees we receive from customers is based upon the amount of GMV or advertising spend that those customers process through our platform, and any change in the attractiveness of that model or any decline in our customers' sales could adversely affect our financial results.
We have adopted a pricing model under which a portion of the fees we receive from most of our customers is variable, based on the amount of our customers' GMV or advertising spend processed through our platform that exceeds a specified amount established by contract, which we refer to as variable fees. Most of our customer contracts include this variable fee component. If sales or advertising spend by our customers processed through our platform were to decline, or if more of our customers require pricing terms that do not provide for any variability based on their GMV or advertising spend processed through our platform, our revenue and margins could decline.
We may not be able to respond to rapid changes in channel technologies or requirements, which could cause us to lose revenue and make it more difficult to maintain profitability.
The e-commerce market is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent changes in rules, specifications and other requirements for brands and retailers to be able to sell their merchandise on particular channels, as well as developments in technologies that can impede the display and tracking of advertisements. Our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing solutions and introduce new solutions that can adapt quickly to these technological changes. To achieve market acceptance for our solutions, we must effectively anticipate and offer solutions that meet frequently changing channel requirements in a timely manner. If our solutions fail to do so, our ability to renew our contracts with existing customers and our ability to create or increase demand for our solutions will be impaired.
If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We sell our solutions pursuant to contractual arrangements that generally have one-year terms. Therefore, our revenue growth depends to a significant degree upon subscription renewals. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the subscription term expires, and these subscriptions may not be renewed or, if renewed, may not be renewed on the same or more favorable terms for us. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer renewals, and our customers' renewal rates may decline or fluctuate because of several factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions, the cost of our solutions, the cost of solutions offered by our competitors and reductions in our customers' spending levels. Economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic could also affect our customers' decisions on whether or not to renew their subscriptions with us. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, renew on less favorable terms or for fewer modules, or do not purchase additional modules, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline, and our ability to maintain profitability may be compromised.
As more of our sales efforts are targeted at brands and larger customers, our sales cycle may become more time-consuming and expensive, and we may encounter pricing pressure, which could harm our business and operating results.
The cost and length of our sales cycle varies by customer. As we target more of our sales efforts at selling to brands and larger customers, we may face greater costs, longer sales cycles and less predictability in completing some of our sales. These types of sales often require us to provide greater levels of education regarding our solutions. In addition, brands and larger customers may demand more training and other professional services. As a result of these factors, these sales opportunities may require us to devote greater sales support and professional services resources to individual customers, driving up costs and time required to complete sales and diverting sales and professional services resources to a smaller number of larger transactions.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we do not compete successfully, we could experience lower sales volumes and pricing pressure, which could cause us to lose revenues, impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and compromise our ability to maintain profitability.
We face intense competition in the market for online channel management solutions and services, and we expect competition to intensify in the future. We have competitors, including some of the channels themselves, with longer operating histories, larger customer bases and greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. Increased competition may result in reduced pricing for our solutions, longer sales cycles or a decrease in our market share, any of which could negatively affect our revenue and future operating results and our ability to grow our business.
18

Table of Contents
A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential sales or to sell our solutions at lower prices or at reduced margins, including:
Potential customers may choose to continue using or to develop applications in-house, rather than pay for our solutions;
The channels themselves, which typically offer software tools, often for free, that allow brands and retailers to connect to them, may decide to compete more vigorously with us;
Competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and offer more attractive sales terms, adapt more quickly to new technologies and changes in customer requirements, and devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services than we can;
Current and potential competitors have established or may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their products and expand their markets, and consolidation in our industry is likely to intensify. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share;
Current and potential competitors may offer software that addresses one or more online channel management functions at a lower price point or with greater depth than our solutions and may be able to devote greater resources to those solutions than we can; and
Software vendors could bundle channel management solutions with other solutions or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale.
We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, including any channels that decide to compete against us more vigorously. In addition, competition may intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully against our competitors, our business and our operating and financial results could be adversely affected.
If the e-commerce industry consolidates around a limited number of online channels, or if the complexities and challenges faced by brands and retailers seeking to sell online otherwise diminish, demand for our solutions could decline.
Our solutions enable brands and retailers to manage their merchandise sales through hundreds of disparate online channels. One of the key attractions of our solutions to brands and retailers is the ability to help address the complexity and fragmentation of selling online. Although the number and variety of online channels available to brands and retailers have been increasing, at the same time the share of online sales made through a small number of larger channels, particularly Amazon, has also been increasing. If the trend toward consolidation around a few large online channels accelerates, the difficulties faced by brands and retailers could decline, which might make our solutions less important to brands and retailers and could cause demand for our solutions to decline.
Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.
We anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with various third parties, including marketplaces and technology, content and logistics providers, in order to grow our business. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with these third parties may require significant time and resources as does integrating their content and technology with our solutions. If the third-party content or technology integrated with our solutions is not well received by our customers, our brand and reputation could be negatively affected. Our agreements with third-party business partners are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit them from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. If and to the extent that any of these third parties compete with us, it could hurt our growth prospects.
If we pursue opportunistic acquisitions or investments they may be unsuccessful and/or divert our management's attention and consume significant resources.
Any acquisition or investment may require us to use significant amounts of cash, issue potentially dilutive equity securities or incur debt. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:
difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, services and personnel of acquired businesses, especially if those businesses operate outside of our core competency of providing e-commerce software solutions;
19

Table of Contents
inability to achieve our targeted or forecasted financial results following an acquisition;
cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired businesses into our organization;
ineffectiveness or incompatibility of acquired technologies or services;
failure to successfully further develop the acquired technology in order to recoup our investment;
potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;
inability to maintain the key business relationships and the reputations of acquired businesses;
diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;
litigation associated with activities of acquired businesses, including claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties;
in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries;
costs necessary to establish and maintain effective internal controls for acquired businesses; and
increased fixed costs.
Errors, defects or failures in our software, or human error, could cause our solutions to oversell our customers' inventory or misprice their offerings or could cause other errors, which would hurt our reputation and reduce customer demand.
Complex software applications such as ours may contain errors or defects, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. Despite our testing and testing by our customers, our current and future products may contain defects. Our customers rely on our solutions to automate the allocation of their inventory simultaneously across multiple online channels, as well as to ensure that their sales comply with the policies of each channel and sometimes to dynamically determine product pricing at any given moment. Some customers subscribe to our solutions on a managed-service basis, in which case our personnel operate our solutions on behalf of the customer. In the event that our solutions do not function properly, or if there is human error on the part of our service staff, errors could occur, including that our customers might inadvertently sell more inventory than they actually have in stock, make sales that violate channel policies or underprice or overprice their offerings. Overselling their inventory could force our customers to cancel orders at rates that violate channel policies. Underpricing would result in lost revenue to our customers and overpricing could result in lost sales. In addition, our pricing policies with our customers are largely based upon our customers' expectations of the levels of their GMV that will be processed through our platform over the term of their agreement with us, and errors in our software or human error could cause transactions to be incorrectly processed that would cause GMV to exceed contractually agreed-upon thresholds, triggering imposition of variable fees on our customers, in which case our variable fee-based revenue could be overstated. Any of these results or other errors could reduce demand for our solutions and hurt our business reputation. Customers could also seek recourse against us in these cases and, while our contractual arrangements with customers typically provide that we are not liable for damages such as these, it is possible that these provisions would not be sufficient to protect us.
If the use of "cookie" tracking technologies is restricted, regulated or otherwise blocked, or if changes in our industry cause cookies to become less reliable or acceptable as a means of tracking consumer behavior, the amount or accuracy of GMV processed on our platform, and our related revenue, could decrease.
Cookies are small data files that are sent by websites and stored locally on an internet user's computer or mobile device. Our customers enable cookies on their sites and monitor internet user activity, such as viewing pages and completing transactions. We collect data via cookies that we ultimately use to report GMV, which translates to revenue. However, internet users can easily disable, delete and block cookies directly through browser settings or through other software, browser extensions or hardware platforms that physically block cookies from being created and stored.
Third-party cookies are downloaded from domains not associated with the address currently being viewed in an internet user's browser. Cookies can be specifically blocked by browser settings; for example, the Safari internet browser blocks third-party cookies by default. Internet users can also download free or paid "ad blocking" software that prevents third-party cookies from being stored on a user's device. On the other hand, first-party cookies are downloaded directly from the address domain of an internet user, and are generally considered safer by privacy concerns. We currently collect data from both first-party and third-party cookie implementations. Our customers currently implementing our third-party cookie solution might be slow to
20

Table of Contents
migrate their sites to first-party cookie technologies, which could result in less cookie data that we can collect, and therefore less reported revenue data that we can store.
There have been efforts within our industry to replace cookies with alternative tracking technologies. To the extent these efforts are successful, we may have difficulty adapting to those new tracking technologies and we may become dependent on third parties for access to tracking data. Similarly, privacy regulations may extend to those tracking technologies and restrict how we can use such technologies.
Privacy regulations might also restrict how our customers deploy our cookies and other tracking technologies on their sites, and this could potentially increase the number of internet users that choose to proactively disable cookies and other tracking technologies on their systems. In the European Union, for example, the Directive on Privacy and Electronic Communications requires users to give their consent before cookie data can be stored on their local computer or mobile device. Users can decide to opt out of any cookie data creation, which could negatively impact the revenue we might recognize.
We may have to develop alternative systems to collect user revenue data if users block cookies or regulations introduce barriers to collecting cookie data. In addition, third parties may develop technology or policies to harvest user data including through next-generation web browsers or other means, which could subsequently prevent us from directly importing data to our systems. We may not be able to develop adequate alternatives to cookie data collection, which could negatively impact our ability to reliably measure GMV.
We rely on non-redundant data centers and cloud computing providers to deliver our SaaS solutions. Any disruption of service from these providers could harm our business.
We manage our platform and serve all of our customers from third-party data center facilities and cloud computing providers that are non-redundant, meaning that the data centers and providers are currently not configured as backup for each other. While we engineer and architect the actual computer and storage systems upon which our platform runs, we do not control the operation of the facilities at which they are deployed.
The owners of our data facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.
Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation and damage our customers' businesses. Interruptions in our services could reduce our revenue, require us to issue credits to customers, subject us to potential liability, cause our existing customers to not renew their agreements or adversely affect our ability to attract new customers.
Our data centers and cloud computing providers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures, cybersecurity incidents and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, or vandalism or other misconduct, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our SaaS solutions or impair their functionality. Our business, growth prospects and operating results would also be harmed if our customers and potential customers are not confident that our solutions are reliable.
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.
Our operating results have historically fluctuated due to changes in our business, and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include, but are not limited to, the following:
the evolving impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and that of our customers;
seasonal patterns in consumer spending;
the addition of new customers or the loss of existing customers;
changes in demand for our software;
the timing and amount of sales and marketing expenses;
21

Table of Contents
changes in the prospects of the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective customers' spending priorities, or could increase the time it takes us to close sales;
changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;
costs necessary to improve and maintain our software platform; and
costs related to acquisitions of other businesses.
Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially.
Evolving domestic and international data privacy regulations may restrict our ability, and that of our customers, to solicit, collect, process, disclose and use personal information or may increase the costs of doing so, which could harm our business.
Federal, state and foreign governments and supervising authorities have enacted, and may in the future enact, laws and regulations concerning the solicitation, collection, processing, disclosure or use of consumers' personal information. Evolving regulations regarding personal data and personal information, in the European Union and elsewhere, especially relating to classification of IP addresses, machine identification, household data, location data and other information, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or expand our business.
Such laws and regulations require or may in the future require us or our customers to implement privacy and security policies and practices; permit individuals to access, correct or delete personal information stored or maintained by us or our customers; inform individuals of security incidents that affect their personal information; and, in some cases, obtain consent to use personal information for specified purposes. Other proposed legislation could, if enacted, impose additional requirements and prohibit the use of specific technologies, such as those that track individuals' activities on web pages or record when individuals click on a link contained in an email message. Such laws and regulations could restrict our customers' ability to collect and use web browsing data and personal information, which may reduce our customers' demand for our solutions.
The laws in this area are complex and developing rapidly. In the United States, many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security and data breaches. Laws in all states require businesses to provide notice to customers whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. The laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. Further, states are constantly adopting new laws or amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, on June 28, 2018, which went into effect on January 1, 2020 and has been dubbed the first "GDPR-like" law (referring to the EU's General Data Protection Regulation, described below) in the United States. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used by requiring covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers (as that term is broadly defined) and provide such consumers new ways to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Additionally, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, was approved by California voters in the November 3, 2020 election. The CPRA will create additional obligations relating to consumer data beginning on January 1, 2022, with implementing regulations expected on or before July 1, 2022, and enforcement beginning July 1, 2023. Aspects of the CCPA and the CPRA (referred to collectively as "the California Legislation"), and their interpretation and enforcement, remain uncertain. We cannot fully predict the impact of the California Legislation on our business or operations, but it may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply.
Some observers have noted that the California Legislation could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, and we expect that new legislation proposed or enacted in various other states will continue to shape the data privacy environment nationally. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to confidential, sensitive and personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts. For example, Virginia recently passed its Consumer Data Protection Act and Colorado recently passed the Colorado Privacy Act, both of which differ from the California Legislation and go into effect on January 1, 2023 and July 1, 2023, respectively.
The General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, went into effect in the European Union in May 2018, with the intent of unifying data protection within the European Union under a single law. The GDPR has resulted in significantly greater compliance burdens and costs for companies with customers or operations in the European Union. The GDPR creates a range of
22

Table of Contents
new compliance obligations and increases financial penalties for non-compliance, and extends the scope of the European Union data protection law to all companies processing personal data of European Union data subjects, regardless of the company's location. These laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between us and our subsidiaries, including employee information.
Further, the United Kingdom's exit from the European Union, often referred to as Brexit, and ongoing developments in the United Kingdom have created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the United Kingdom. The Data Protection Act of 2018, which "implements" and complements the GDPR, achieved Royal Assent on May 23, 2018 and is now effective in the United Kingdom. With the expiration of the transition period on December 31, 2020, companies now have to comply with both the GDPR and the GDPR as incorporated into United Kingdom national law, which has the ability to separately fine up to the greater of £17.5 million or 4% of global turnover, which exposes us to further compliance risk. While the European Commission recently adopted an adequacy decision for the UK, meaning data may freely flow from the EU to the UK, the adequacy decision is subject to a "sunset clause", which provides uncertainty on the ability to rely on the adequacy decision in the long-term. We may incur liabilities, expenses, costs and other operational losses under GDPR and applicable EU Member States and the United Kingdom privacy laws in connection with any measures we take to comply with them.
We will continue to follow developments and work to maintain conforming means of transferring data from Europe, but despite our efforts to address the changes, we may be unsuccessful in establishing conforming means of transferring data from Europe. For example, in 2020, the European Court of Justice, or ECJ, invalidated the use of the E.U.-U.S. Privacy Shield, which had enabled the transfer of personal data from the European Union to the United States for companies like us that were self-certified under the Privacy Shield. The ECJ also called into question the use of the standard contractual clauses. As we are no longer able to rely on the Privacy Shield, if we are unable to implement a valid compliance mechanism for cross-border transfers of personal data, we may face increased exposure to regulatory actions, substantial fines and injunctions against processing or transferring personal data from the European Economic Area, or EEA. Recently, the European Commission adopted new standard contractual clauses under the GDPR for personal data transfers from the EEA to outside of the EEA, and the European Data Protection Board also issued guidelines for companies to identify and implement appropriate supplementary measures, if applicable, for transferring personal data of European Union data subjects across borders. In connection with these developments, we may have obligations to conduct transfer impact assessments for such cross-border data transfers and may need to implement additional security or other supplementary measures. If we elect to rely on the standard contractual clauses for data transfers, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to update our contractual arrangements and to comply with such obligations. Additionally, the new standard contractual clauses could be invalidated, which could require us to implement costly substitutions for the data transfers we undertake in order to perform our services or prevent such transfers entirely.
There is also significant uncertainty related to the manner in which data protection authorities will seek to enforce compliance with GDPR. For example, it is not clear if the authorities will conduct random audits of companies doing business in the European Union, or if the authorities will just continue to wait for complaints to be filed by individuals who claim their rights have been violated. Enforcement uncertainty and the costs associated with ensuring GDPR compliance could be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. While we do not currently believe that our compliance with the GDPR will have a material effect on our business, we will continue to monitor regulation and enforcement under this new law.
Changing industry standards and industry self-regulation regarding the collection, use and disclosure of data may have similar effects. Existing and future privacy and data protection laws and increasing sensitivity of consumers to unauthorized disclosures and use of personal information may also negatively affect the public's perception of our customers' sales practices. If our solutions are perceived to cause, or are otherwise unfavorably associated with, insecurity of personal information, whether or not illegal, we or our customers may be subject to public criticism. Public concerns regarding data collection, privacy and security may also cause some consumers to be less likely to visit our customers' websites or otherwise interact with our customers, which could limit the demand for our solutions and inhibit the growth of our business.
Any failure on our part to comply with applicable privacy and data protection laws, regulations, policies and standards or any inability to adequately address privacy or security concerns associated with our solutions, even if unfounded, could subject us to liability, damage our reputation, impair our sales and harm our business. Furthermore, the costs to our customers of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws, regulations, policies and standards may limit adoption of and demand for our solutions.
Cybersecurity incidents could harm our business and negatively impact our financial results.
Cybersecurity incidents could endanger the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our information resources and the information we collect, use, store and disclose. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event, possibly
23

Table of Contents
targeted at us or our third-party contractors or consultants, and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems or data for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential or personal information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. Such disruptions may be caused by events such as computer hacking, phishing attacks, ransomware, supply chain attacks, dissemination of computer viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software, denial of service attacks, exploits by trusted insiders and other malicious activity, as well as power outages, natural disasters (including extreme weather), terrorist attacks, user error or other similar events. The possibility of such events may be increased in the current environment in which all of our employees and the employees of our customers are working remotely. We believe that we take reasonable steps that are designed to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect, use, store, and disclose, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent or unauthorized data access will not occur despite our efforts. For example, our system redundancy may be ineffective or inadequate, or we could be impacted by software bugs or other technical malfunctions, as well as error or malfeasance by anyone with access to our data. In addition, while we believe we have adequate insurance coverage to compensate for any losses associated with such events, the coverage may in fact not be adequate to cover all potential losses. The development and maintenance of these systems, controls and processes is costly and requires ongoing monitoring and updating as technologies change and efforts to overcome security measures become increasingly sophisticated. Any unauthorized access or use of information, virus or similar breach or disruption to our, our customers', or our partners' systems and security measures could result in disrupted operations, loss of information, damage to our reputation and customer relationships, early termination of our contracts and other business losses, indemnification of our customers, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, financial penalties, litigation, regulatory investigations, and other significant liabilities, any of which could materially harm our business.
Activities of our customers or the content of their websites could subject us to liability.
Existing laws relating to the liability of providers of online products and services for activities of their users are in flux both within the United States and internationally. Our customer contracts require that our customers are only permitted to use our products in accordance with applicable law. However, if our customers were to use our products in violation of applicable law, we may become subject to lawsuits and liability arising from their conduct. Additionally, the conduct of our customers may subject us to regulatory enforcement actions or liability.
Although we do not have significant opportunities for users of our service to publish user-defined content, we have certain protections against copyright infringement or defamatory content. Specifically, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, contains provisions that limit liability for some user-generated materials that infringe copyrights. In addition, Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act, or CDA, provides immunity from liability for providers of an interactive computer service who publish defamatory information provided by users of the service. Immunity under the DMCA and the CDA has been well-established through case law. On a regular basis, however, challenges to both laws seek to limit immunity. For example, a recent executive order and a letter from several senators to the U.S. Federal Communications Commission have renewed calls for the protections of Section 230 to be scaled back. Any such changes could affect our ability to claim protection under the CDA.
Although these and other similar legal provisions, such as the European Union e-Commerce Directive, provide limited protections from liability for providers like us, those protections may not be interpreted in a way that applies to us, may be amended in the future, or may not provide us with complete protection from liability claims. If we are found not to be protected by the safe harbor provisions of the DMCA, CDA or other similar laws, or if we are deemed subject to laws in other countries that may not have the same protections or that may impose more onerous obligations on us, we may owe substantial damages and our brand, reputation and financial results may be harmed.
The seasonality of our business creates significant variance in our quarterly revenue, which makes it difficult to compare our financial results on a sequential quarterly basis.
Our customers are brands and retailers that typically realize a significant portion of their online sales in the fourth quarter of each year during the holiday season. As a result of this seasonal variation, our revenue fluctuates, with the variable portion of our fees typically being higher in the fourth quarter than in other quarters and with revenue generally declining in the first quarter sequentially from the fourth quarter. Our business is therefore not necessarily comparable on a sequential quarter-over-quarter basis and you should not rely solely on quarterly comparisons to analyze our growth.
Failure to adequately manage our growth could impair our ability to deliver high-quality solutions to our customers, hurt our reputation and compromise our ability to maintain profitability.
We have experienced, and may experience in the future, significant growth in our business. If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of service of our solutions may suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and demand
24

Table of Contents
for our solutions. Our growth has placed, and may place in the future, a significant strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources and our infrastructure. Our future success will depend, in part, upon the ability of our senior management to manage growth effectively. This will require us to, among other things:
hire additional personnel, both domestically and internationally;
implement additional information management systems;
maintain close coordination among our engineering, operations, legal, finance, sales and marketing and client service and support organizations; and
further develop our operating, administrative, legal, financial and accounting systems and controls.
Moreover, if our sales increase, we may be required to concurrently deploy our hosting infrastructure at multiple additional locations or provide increased levels of customer service. Failure to accomplish any of these requirements could impair our ability to continue to deliver our solutions in a timely fashion, fulfill existing customer commitments or attract and retain new customers.
If we do not retain our senior management team and key employees, or if we fail to attract and retain additional highly skilled sales talent, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.
Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management team. Our future success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain, integrate and motivate highly skilled technical, sales and administrative employees. Competition for these employees in our industry is intense. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain these management and other key personnel that are critical to our success, resulting in harm to our key client relationships, loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals.
Our business and growth objectives also may be hindered if our efforts to expand our sales team do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve expected productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to significantly increase our revenue and grow our business.
We may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could harm our business.
State, local and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of such taxes to our platform in various jurisdictions is unclear. Further, these jurisdictions' rules regarding tax nexus are complex and vary significantly. In 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court reversed its prior decision that prohibited states from requiring online retailers without a physical presence to collect and remit sales tax. In its decision, the Supreme Court upheld a South Dakota statute that imposed a sales tax collection obligation on remote sellers with sales exceeding specified thresholds. In addition, it is possible that one or more states or the federal government or foreign countries may seek to impose a tax collection, reporting or record-keeping obligation on companies like us that facilitate e-commerce, even though we are not an online retailer. This is a rapidly evolving area and we cannot predict what legislative or enforcement action might be taken by states, the federal government or foreign countries.
As a result, we could face the possibility of tax assessments and audits, and our liability for these taxes and associated penalties could exceed our original estimates. We do not currently have any ongoing sales tax audits, though any successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, value added or other taxes in those jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for such taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales. The imposition of a tax collection, reporting or record-keeping obligation in a jurisdiction where we do not currently have such an obligation could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors and decrease our future sales, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.
Our effective tax rate may fluctuate, and we may incur obligations in tax jurisdictions in excess of accrued amounts.
We are subject to taxation in numerous countries, states and local tax jurisdictions. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various places that we operate. In preparing our financial statements,
25

Table of Contents
we estimate the amount of tax that will become payable in each jurisdiction. Nevertheless, our effective tax rate may be different from effective tax rates experienced in the past due to numerous factors, including passage of new federal income tax laws, changes in the mix of our profitability from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, the results of examinations and audits of our tax filings, our inability to secure or sustain acceptable agreements with tax authorities, changes in accounting for income taxes and changes in tax laws. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations and may result in tax obligations in excess of amounts accrued in our financial statements.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
As of December 31, 2021, we had $107.1 million of U.S. federal and $130.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, which will begin to expire in 2026 for federal and 2022 for state tax purposes. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use these net operating loss carryforwards before their expiration. Under legislative changes made in December 2017, as modified by federal tax law changes enacted in March 2020, U.S. federal net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2020, the deductibility of such net operating losses is limited. In addition, the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credits may be subject to significant limitations under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, respectively, and similar provisions of state law. Under those sections of the Code, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change attributes, such as research tax credits, to offset its post-change income or tax may be limited. In general, an "ownership change" will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by "5-percent shareholders" that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. We have completed a Section 382 review and have determined that, excluding a de minimis amount of acquired net operating losses, none of the operating losses will expire solely due to Section 382 limitation(s). However, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of future shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits is materially limited, it would harm our business by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.
If the e-commerce market does not grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, particularly on the channels that our solutions support, demand for our online channel management solutions could be adversely affected.
For our existing customers and potential customers to be willing to subscribe to our solutions, the internet must continue to be accepted and widely used for selling merchandise. As e-commerce continues to evolve, regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies may increase. Any regulation imposing greater fees for internet use or restricting information exchanged over the internet could result in a decline in the use of the internet, which could harm our business.
In addition, if consumer utilization of our primary e-commerce channels, such as Amazon, eBay and Google, does not grow or grows more slowly than we expect, demand for our solutions would be adversely affected, our revenue would be negatively impacted and our ability to pursue our growth strategy and become profitable would be compromised.
RISKS RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE-AS-A-SERVICE (SAAS) MODEL
If we fail to manage and increase the capacity of our hosted infrastructure, our customers may be unable to process transactions through our platform, which could harm our reputation and demand for our solutions.
We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our hosted infrastructure to be sufficiently flexible and scalable to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments and to handle spikes in usage. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, particularly in the fourth quarter when we typically experience significant increases in the volume of customer transactions processed through our platform, our customers could experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties or other liabilities, result in customer losses, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to grow our revenue.
We derive most of our revenue from annual subscription agreements, as a result of which a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.
We derive most of our revenue from subscription agreements, which are typically one year in length. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from customer agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not be reflected in our financial performance in that quarter but might negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant
26

Table of Contents
declines in sales and market acceptance of our solutions, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.
Our business is substantially dependent upon the continued growth of the market for on-demand SaaS solutions. If this market does not continue to grow, demand for our solutions could decline, which in turn could cause our revenues to decline and impair our ability to become profitable.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our solutions, which are delivered under a SaaS model. As a result, widespread use and acceptance of this business model is critical to our future growth and success. Under the more traditional license model for software procurement, users of the software typically run the applications in-house on their own hardware. Because many companies are generally predisposed to maintaining control of their information technology systems and infrastructure, there may be resistance to the concept of accessing software functionality as a service provided by a third party. In addition, the market for SaaS solutions is still evolving, and existing and new market participants may introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their needs. If the market for SaaS solutions fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our solutions and our revenue, gross margin and other operating results could be negatively impacted.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
Our international operations subject us to increased challenges and risks. If we do not successfully manage the risks associated with international operations, we could experience a variety of costs and liabilities and the attention of our management could be diverted.
We have international operations and may further expand internationally by opening offices in new countries and regions worldwide. However, our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, taxation systems, alternative dispute systems, regulatory systems and commercial infrastructures. International expansion will require us to invest significant funds and other resources. Expanding internationally may subject us to new risks that we have not faced before or increase risks that we currently face, including risks associated with:
recruiting and retaining employees in foreign countries;
increased competition from local providers;
compliance with applicable foreign laws and regulations;
compliance with changing foreign privacy, data protection and information security laws and regulations and the risks and costs of noncompliance;
cross-border data transfers among us, our subsidiaries, and our customers, vendors, and business partners;
longer sales or collection cycles in some countries;
credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;
compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
currency exchange rate fluctuations;
tariffs, customs, trade sanctions, trade embargoes and other barriers to importing or exporting materials and products in a cost-effective and timely manner, or changes in applicable tariffs or customs rules;
foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;
economic and political instability in some countries, including terrorist attacks, civil unrest and actual or threatened armed conflict;
less protective intellectual property laws;
compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions in which we conduct business, potential double taxation of our international earnings and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in applicable U.S. and foreign tax laws;
27

Table of Contents
increased costs to establish and maintain effective controls at foreign locations; and
overall higher costs of doing business internationally.
We also work with subcontractors, service providers and other third parties that operate internationally. These third parties may also face the above risks which, if realized, may impact our own business and operations. Any disruption experienced by these third parties could materially impact our ability to service our clients, among other things, and could require substantial effort and time to move to other service providers or to transition such services in-house.
If our revenue from our international operations does not exceed the expense of establishing and maintaining these operations, our business and operating results will suffer and we may decide to make changes to our business in an effort to mitigate losses. For example, in the third quarter of 2019, as part of a strategic initiative to reduce our expenses and align our operations with evolving business needs, we discontinued our physical operations in China.
We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.
Our solutions are subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department's Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and exports of our solutions must be made in compliance with these laws. If we fail to comply with these U.S. export control laws and import laws, including U.S. Customs regulations, we could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities.
Furthermore, the U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment or export of specified products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solutions from impermissibly being provided to U.S. sanctions targets, if our solutions and services were to impermissibly be exported to those prohibited countries despite such precautions, we could be subject to government investigations, penalties, reputational harm or other negative consequences.
Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to existing or potential customers with international operations. Additionally, changes in our solutions may be required in response to changes in export and import regulations, which could lead to delays in the introduction and sale of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to some countries, governments or persons altogether. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export our solutions or sell them in international markets would hurt our revenue and compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy.
RISKS RELATED TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us may hurt our business.
Our success depends, in part, upon non-infringement of intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The internet-related software field generally is characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation. Although our industry is rapidly evolving, many companies that own, or claim to own, intellectual property have aggressively asserted their rights. From time to time, we have been subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others, and we expect that third parties will continue to assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. In addition, most of our subscription agreements require us to indemnify our customers and business partners against claims that our solutions infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.
Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our customers and business partners by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents
28

Table of Contents
or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:
hurt our reputation;
adversely affect our relationships with our current or future customers;
cause delays or stoppages in providing our services;
divert management's attention and resources;
require technology changes to our software that would cause us to incur substantial cost;
subject us to significant liabilities; and
require us to cease some or all of our activities.
In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may be tripled and may include attorneys' fees under certain statutes, or, in some circumstances, damages against our customers, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our software solutions unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, or license or develop substitute solutions, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all.
Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our services, weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue.
We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain names and patent applications, as critical to our success. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. However, these contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary information or deter independent development of similar technologies by others.
We have received patent protection for some of our technologies and are seeking patent protection for other of our technologies but there can be no assurance that any patents will ultimately be issued. We have registered domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in jurisdictions outside the United States and are also pursuing additional registrations. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark, domain name and patent protection is expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights. We may be required to protect our intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional patent filings that could be expensive and time-consuming.
We have licensed in the past, and expect to license in the future, some of our proprietary rights, such as trademarks or copyrighted material, to third parties. These licensees may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or harm our reputation.
Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries, such as China and India, do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of European countries and the United States. Further, the laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering services that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our software solutions. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain, and thus we may not be able to stop our competitors from infringing upon our intellectual property rights.

29

Table of Contents
Our use of "open source" software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.
A portion of our technology platform and our solutions incorporates so-called "open source" software, and we may incorporate additional open source software in the future. Open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to specified conditions, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software we use were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including being enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the sale of the affected solutions. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products.
GENERAL RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR COMMON STOCK
An active trading market for our common stock may not continue to develop or be sustained.
Although our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, we cannot assure you that an active trading market for our shares will continue to develop or be sustained. If an active market for our common stock does not continue to develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for investors in our common stock to sell shares without depressing the market price for the shares or to sell the shares at all.
The trading price of the shares of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be volatile.
Our stock price has been volatile. The stock market in general and the market for technology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:
actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;
changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;
conditions or trends in our industry;
stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the software industry;
announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;
announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;
capital commitments;
investors' general perception of our company and our business;
recruitment or departure of key personnel; and
sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders.
Stockholders may initiate class action lawsuits against us following periods of volatility in the market prices of our common stock. For example, in 2015, two purported class action complaints were filed against us, alleging violations of the federal securities laws. The cases were later dismissed by federal courts without any liability to us. New litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

30

Table of Contents
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business, and we have limited research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to initiate or continue to provide research coverage of our common stock, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Even if we have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
The issuance of additional stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such rights and preferences as may be determined by our board of directors. Subject to compliance with applicable rules and regulations, we may issue our shares of common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment, our stock incentive plans or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.
There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control was considered favorable by some or all of our stockholders. For example, our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.
Our charter documents also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:
only one of our three classes of directors is elected each year;
stockholders are not entitled to remove directors other than by a 66 2/3% vote and only for cause;
stockholders are not permitted to take actions by written consent;
stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; and
stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.
In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.
Our bylaws designate the federal courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.
Pursuant to our bylaws, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent provided by law, the federal district courts of the United States is the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Federal Forum Provision. In addition, our bylaws provide that any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest
31

Table of Contents
in any of our securities will be deemed to have notice or and consented to the Federal Forum Provision. The Federal Forum Provision may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert the provision is not enforceable and may impose more general additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claims. Additionally, the Federal Forum Provision in our bylaws may limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court are "facially valid" under Delaware law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision, and we may incur additional costs of litigation should such enforceability be challenged. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such an action. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The U.S. federal courts may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and the rules and regulations of the NYSE. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting and perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This requires that we incur substantial professional fees and internal costs to maintain appropriate and necessary accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts.
We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements, and we may in the future discover additional weaknesses that require improvement. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.
If we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and our stock may not appreciate in value.
We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any existing or future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or that the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares will be able to be maintained.
We may need additional capital in the future to meet our financial obligations and to pursue our business objectives. Additional capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all, which could compromise our ability to meet our financial obligations and grow our business.
While we anticipate that our existing cash, together with our cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next twelve months, we may need to raise additional capital to fund operations in the future or to meet various objectives, including developing future technologies and services, increasing working capital, acquiring businesses and responding to competitive pressures. If we seek to raise additional capital, it may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit our ability to manage our business and to take advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate material parts of our business strategy, including potential additional acquisitions or development of new technologies.
32

Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our principal offices occupy approximately 45,000 square feet of leased office space in Morrisville, North Carolina pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in October 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we reduced our leased office space by approximately 65,000 square feet and recognized a one-time charge of $1.9 million consisting of lease abandonment and related costs. On December 20, 2021, we entered into a lease agreement for approximately 34,000 square feet of office space to replace our current corporate headquarters upon the expiration of our current lease. The lease term will commence on the earlier of October 1, 2022 or the date on which we begin to occupy and conduct business in the space. The initial term of the lease agreement is for nine years following the lease commencement date, and we may elect to renew the lease for two additional five-year periods, subject to certain conditions and notice obligations set forth in the lease agreement.
We also maintain sales, service, support and research and development offices in various domestic and international locations. Please refer to our corporate website for a complete list of our domestic and international office locations.
We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information required by this item is set forth under Note 6, "Commitments and Contingencies," in our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
    Not applicable.
33

Table of Contents
PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET INFORMATION FOR COMMON STOCK
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "ECOM."
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on an initial investment of $100 in our common stock from December 31, 2016 through December 31, 2021, with the comparative cumulative total return of such amount on (i) the Dow Jones Industrial Average Total Return and (ii) the Nasdaq Computer Index over the same period. We have not paid any cash dividends and, therefore, the cumulative total return calculation for us is based solely upon our stock price appreciation or depreciation and does not include any reinvestment of cash dividends.
The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock.
ECOM-20211231_G2.JPG   
The information presented above in the stock performance graph shall not be deemed to be "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, except to the extent that we subsequently specifically request that such information be treated as soliciting material or specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing under the Securities Act or a filing under the Exchange Act.
STOCKHOLDERS
As of January 31, 2022, there were 54 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in
34

Table of Contents
street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
None.
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PARTIES
On September 16, 2021, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $25 million of our common stock through August 10, 2022. Repurchases may be made from time to time on the open market at prevailing prices or in negotiated transactions off the market. The share repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of our shares. As of December 31, 2021, we had not repurchased any shares under this program.
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

35

Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review Item 1A. "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" in this Annual Report for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Total revenue of $167.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 increased 15.6% from the prior year;
Revenue was comprised of 78.3% subscription revenue and 21.7% variable revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with 73.9% subscription revenue and 26.1% variable revenue for the prior year;
Revenue from our brands customers represented 39.7% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021, up from 33.1% for the prior year;
Revenue derived from customers located outside of the United States as a percentage of total revenue was 28.7% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with 25.2% for the prior year;
Gross margin of 77.2% for the year ended December 31, 2021 declined by 190 basis points compared with gross margin of 79.1% for the prior year;
Operating margin of 11.3% for the year ended December 31, 2021 declined by 190 basis points compared with operating margin of 13.2% for the prior year;
Net income was $47.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $18.8 million for the prior year, driven primarily by the current year release of the valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets;
Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, was $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with adjusted EBITDA of $36.3 million for the prior year;
Cash and cash equivalents were $100.6 million at December 31, 2021 compared with $71.5 million at December 31, 2020;
Operating cash flow was $34.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020; and
Free cash flow, a non-GAAP measure, was $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $29.6 million for the prior year.
EFFECTS OF COVID-19 ON OUR BUSINESS
The COVID-19 pandemic has affected e-commerce in different ways and presents our business with both opportunities and risks. In general, the closing of many physical retail stores and the stay-at-home orders issued by many jurisdictions have driven a substantial shift in commerce to online channels like Amazon and Walmart. Since the first quarter of 2020, our business has been positively affected by a substantial increase in e-commerce volumes, which drove an increase in GMV processed through our platform, and increased our variable revenue included in our financial results. How long, and to what extent, this level of higher GMV can continue is very difficult to forecast. We believe that the heightened GMV levels we have seen may dissipate somewhat over time as federal and state restrictions and recommendations on activities are withdrawn. We also believe that some level of increased e-commerce may become permanent as customers become more regular online shoppers, which would increase demand for solutions, like ours, that help brands and retailers continue to shift toward digital channels.
COVID-19 has had a substantial impact on employment levels and the overall global economy. Governments around the world, including the U.S. Federal government and European Union, have enacted historic fiscal and monetary stimulus programs in an effort to mitigate the economic impact of COVID-19, and we believe these programs have helped support consumer spending. Whether and when, and to what extent, future stimulus programs are enacted is difficult to predict. Therefore, the risk of continued global economic distress remains high and may impact consumer demand and, hence, e-
36

Table of Contents
commerce volumes. How long this economic climate lasts, and whether or not the impact on consumer demand is more than offset by the shift to online shopping that we have seen since March 2020, is not knowable at this point.
Additionally, COVID-19 has led to well-publicized supply chain disruptions globally, across virtually every industry. Brands and retailers face increased difficulty sourcing parts and inventory, have encountered substantially increased shipping and logistics costs, and often face labor shortages. For many businesses, this has led to increased costs, higher prices, and disruptions to inventory availability, which may impact consumer spending and e-commerce volumes, particularly during the holiday season. Although we have not seen a significant impact to our business or our financial results thus far, these factors incrementally increase our uncertainty about the macroeconomic environment, and we believe these challenges may persist during 2022.
For all of these reasons, it has remained difficult to forecast our revenue and profitability for future periods, especially as continued outbreaks of COVID-19, including through the emergence and spread of new variants of the virus, could disrupt our operations and/or those of our customers. However, we believe we currently have sufficient liquidity and that our business model, which is substantially based on subscription revenues, positions us to continue to manage through the challenges presented by COVID-19.
TRENDS IN OUR BUSINESS
The following trends have contributed to the results of our consolidated operations, and we anticipate that they will continue to affect our future results:
Growth in Online Shopping. Consumers continue to move more of their spending from offline to online. The continuing shift to online shopping and overall growth has contributed to our historical growth and we expect that this online shift will continue to benefit our business. Global efforts to implement social distancing, including stay-at-home orders and similar mobility and gathering restrictions, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, have increased e-commerce as consumers have increasingly turned to online purchasing for many products they would have purchased at brick and mortar stores. However, it is unclear to what degree this recent shift in favor of e-commerce will continue once the public health impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have begun to subside.
Product Offering Expansion. As online shopping evolves, we continue to expand our product offerings to reflect the needs of companies seeking to attract consumers. We continue to enhance our product offerings by increasing online shopping channel integrations, including marketplace and first-party retail programs, and providing capabilities that allow brands and retailers to be more competitive. This includes support for advertising, advanced algorithmic repricing, machine learning-based demand forecasting, analytics capabilities, fulfillment features and user experience.
Channel Expansion. We have experienced substantial growth in GMV on our platform from large channels like Zalando, Target Plus and Shopify, as well as numerous smaller marketplaces that we refer to collectively as our long tail of marketplaces. Many of our brands customers see a significant opportunity in expanding their reach to more consumers via global channel expansion. We implemented a plan at the beginning of 2021 to add at least 80 additional channel connections across the globe over an 18-month period to help our customers with this opportunity. We anticipate that we will achieve this goal by early 2022. We intend to continue to add new channel connections during 2022.
Growth in Mobile Usage. We believe the shift toward mobile commerce will increasingly favor aggregators such as Amazon, eBay, Google and Walmart, all of which are focal points of our platform. These systems understand the identity of the buyer, helping to reduce friction in the mobile commerce process, while offering a wide selection of merchandise in a single location. We believe that the growth in mobile commerce may result in increased revenue for us.
Evolving Fulfillment Landscape. Consumers have been conditioned to expect fast, efficient delivery of products. We believe that determining and executing on a strategy to more expeditiously receive, process and deliver online orders, which we refer to collectively as fulfillment, is critical to success for online sellers. Therefore, it will be increasingly important for us to facilitate and optimize fulfillment services on behalf of our customers, which in turn may result in additional research and development investment.
Focus on Employees. We strive to provide competitive compensation and benefits programs to help attract and retain employees who are focused on facilitating the success of our customers. We implemented a COVID-19 global work-from-home policy beginning in March 2020 to help protect our employees and support our communities' efforts to slow the transmission of COVID-19. This transition went smoothly, as our workforce is globally distributed and employees have the equipment they need to work from home, including global video communications systems. In May
37

Table of Contents
2021, we implemented a formal global flexible work policy that provides many of our employees the ability to determine whether they will continue to work from home or from the office, as our offices around the world reopen. We are not dependent on our physical office locations or travel for our business operations.
Seasonality. Our revenue fluctuates as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the peak consumer demand and related increased volume of our customers' GMV during the year-end holiday season. As a result, we have historically had higher revenue in our fourth quarter than other quarters due to increased GMV processed through our platform, resulting in higher variable fees.
OPPORTUNITIES AND RISKS
Brands. We believe the digital transformation to e-commerce has changed the way brands interact with their customers, which is why we have identified that growing our brands business represents a significant strategic opportunity for us. We generally categorize a customer as a brand if it primarily focuses on selling its own proprietary products. Brands tend to have longer customer life cycles, stronger financial stability and overall better unit economics than retailers, which we consider to be companies focused primarily on selling third-party products. Brands also offer increased expansion opportunities to grow their e-commerce business through our platform; however they tend to have longer sales cycles. To help drive our future growth, we have made significant investments in our sales force, modified our sales compensation plans and allocated resources focused on growing our customer base of brands. We plan to continue to invest in our sales organization and also further invest in our services and R&D organizations, which we believe will improve customer and revenue retention and contribute to expanding the relationships we already have with our current brands customers.
Dynamic E-commerce Landscape. We need to continue to innovate in the face of a rapidly changing e-commerce landscape if we are to remain competitive.
Strategic Partnerships. Our business development team's mission is to expand our sales and market opportunities through strategic partner relationships. We plan to continue to invest in initiatives to expand our strategic partnership base to further enhance our offerings for customers and to help support our indirect sales channel efforts. The goal of these strategic partnerships is to further improve the value of our platform for our customers and, when possible, provide us opportunities for incremental revenue streams.
Increasing Complexity of E-commerce. Although e-commerce continues to expand as brands and retailers continue to increase their online sales, it is also becoming more complex due to the hundreds of channels available to brands and retailers and the rapid pace of change and innovation across those channels. In order to gain consumers' attention in a more crowded and competitive online marketplace, an increasing number of brands and retailers sell their merchandise through multiple online channels, each with its own rules, requirements and specifications. In particular, third-party marketplaces are an increasingly important driver of growth for a number of brands and large online retailers. As a result, we need to continue to support multiple channels in a variety of geographies in order to support our targeted revenue growth, and we intend to continue making strategic investments focused on channel expansion.
Global Growth in E-commerce. We believe the growth in e-commerce globally presents an opportunity for brands and retailers to engage in international sales. However, country-specific marketplaces are often a market share leader in their regions, as is the case for Zalando in Europe, for example. In order to help our customers capitalize on this potential market opportunity, and to address our customers' needs with respect to cross-border trade, we intend to continue to invest in our international operations. Doing business overseas involves substantial challenges, including management attention and resources needed to adapt to multiple languages, cultures, laws and commercial infrastructure, as further described in this report under the caption "Risks Related to our International Operations."
Our senior management continuously focuses on these and other trends and challenges, and we believe that our culture of innovation and our history of growth and expansion will contribute to the success of our business.
38

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following tables set forth our consolidated statement of operations data and such data expressed as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods indicated.
  Year Ended December 31, Period-to-Period Change 
  2021 2020 2019 2021 to 2020 2020 to 2019
(dollars in thousands)
Revenue $ 167,729  $ 145,072  $ 129,959  $ 22,657  15.6  % $ 15,113  11.6  %
Cost of revenue 38,232  30,354  29,008  7,878  26.0  1,346  4.6 
Gross profit 129,497  114,718  100,951  14,779  12.9  13,767  13.6 
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing 60,755  52,905  52,813  7,850  14.8  92  0.2 
Research and development 22,382  18,990  19,200  3,392  17.9  (210) (1.1)
General and administrative 27,432  23,739  25,136  3,693  15.6  (1,397) (5.6)
Total operating expenses 110,569  95,634  97,149  14,935  15.6  (1,515) (1.6)
Income from operations 18,928  19,084  3,802  (156) 15,282 
Other (expense) income:
Interest (expense) income, net (127) 175  754  (302) * (579) *
Other (expense) income, net (736) (385) (745) * 394  *
Total other (expense) income (863) 184  369  (1,047) * (185) *
Income before income taxes 18,065  19,268  4,171  (1,203) 15,097 
Income tax (benefit) expense (29,150) 443  689  (29,593) * (246) *
Net income $ 47,215  $ 18,825  $ 3,482  $ 28,390  $ 15,343 
* Not meaningful.
  Year Ended December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
(as a percentage of revenue)
Revenue 100.0  % 100.0  % 100.0  %
Cost of revenue 22.8  20.9  22.3 
Gross profit 77.2  79.1  77.7 
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing 36.2  36.5  40.6 
Research and development 13.3  13.1  14.8 
General and administrative 16.4  16.4  19.3 
Total operating expenses 65.9  65.9  74.8 
Income from operations 11.3  13.2  2.9 
Other (expense) income:
Interest (expense) income, net (0.1) 0.1  0.6 
Other (expense) income, net (0.4) —  (0.3)
Total other (expense) income (0.5) 0.1  0.3 
Income before income taxes 10.8  13.3  3.2 
Income tax (benefit) expense (17.3) 0.3  0.5 
Net income 28.1  13.0  2.7 
39

REVENUE
ECOM-20211231_G3.JPG


We derive the majority of our revenue from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is typically one year. A customer typically pays a recurring subscription fee based on a specified minimum amount of GMV or advertising spend that the customer expects to process through our platform. Subscription fees may also include implementation fees such as launch assistance and training fees. The remaining portion of a customer's fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV or advertising spend processed through our platform in excess of the customer's specified minimum GMV or advertising spend amount. In most cases, the specified percentage of excess GMV or advertising spend on which the variable fee is based is fixed and does not vary depending on the amount of the excess.
Because our customer contracts generally contain both subscription and variable pricing components, changes in GMV between periods do not translate directly or linearly into changes in our revenue. We use customized pricing structures for each of our customers depending upon the individual situation of the customer. For example, some customers may commit to a higher specified minimum GMV amount per month in exchange for a lower percentage fee on that committed GMV. In addition, the percentage fee assessed on the variable GMV in excess of the committed minimum for each customer is typically higher than the fee on the committed portion. As a result, our overall revenue could increase or decrease even without any change in overall GMV between periods, depending on which customers generated the GMV. In addition, changes in GMV from month to month for any individual customer that are below the specified minimum amount would have no effect on our revenue from that customer, and each customer may alternate between being over the committed amount or under it from month to month. For these reasons, while GMV is an important qualitative and long-term directional indicator, we do not regard it as a useful quantitative measurement of our historic revenues or as a predictor of future revenues.
ECOM-20211231_G4.JPG     



We recognize subscription fees and implementation fees ratably over the contract period beginning on the date the customer has access to the software. In determining the amount of revenue to be recognized, we apply the following steps:
Identify the promised services in the contract;
Determine whether the promised services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract;
Determine the transaction price;
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations based on estimated selling prices; and
Recognize revenue as we satisfy each performance obligation.

40

ECOM-20211231_G5.JPG


Our customers are categorized as follows:
Retailers. We generally categorize a customer as a retailer if it primarily focuses on selling third-party products.
Brands. We generally categorize a customer as a brand if it primarily focuses on selling its own proprietary products.
Other. Other is primarily comprised of strategic partnerships.

We generally invoice our customers for subscription fees in advance, in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments. We generally also invoice our customers for any implementation fees at the inception of the arrangement. Fees that have been invoiced in advance are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are generally recognized ratably over the contract term.
In general, we invoice and recognize variable revenue in the period in which the related GMV or advertising spend is processed.
Comparison of 2021 to 2020
Revenue increased by 15.6%, or $22.7 million, to $167.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $145.1 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to a $24.2 million increase in subscription revenue compared to the prior year, driven by strong net bookings, particularly from brands customers. Revenue from our brands customers increased 38.8%, or $18.6 million, compared to the prior year, driven by an increase in new customers and expansions with existing customers, as well as improved customer retention. For the year ended December 31, 2021, brands customers represented approximately 40% of our total revenue and 45% of total subscription revenue compared to approximately 33% and 38%, respectively, for the prior year. Revenue from our strategic partnerships also increased $2.0 million compared to the prior year, driven primarily by growth in GMV as well as a continued focus on strategic partnerships.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
Revenue increased by 11.6%, or $15.1 million, to $145.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $130.0 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to an $11.3 million increase in variable revenue, primarily driven by sustained and broad-based growth in GMV processed on our platform as e-commerce spending remained elevated for most of the year, consistent with broader e-commerce trends as the COVID-19 pandemic caused a shift in consumer buying behavior. Subscription revenue increased $3.8 million compared to the prior year, driven by strong net bookings, particularly from brands customers. Revenue from our brands customers increased 24.8%, or $9.5 million, compared to the prior year, driven by an increase in new customers, expansions with existing customers and improved customer retention, as well as an increase in transaction volume and variable revenue during the period as mentioned above. For the year ended December 31, 2020, brands customers represented approximately 33% of our total revenue compared to approximately 30% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Revenue from our strategic partnerships also increased $2.2 million compared to the prior year, driven primarily by growth in GMV as mentioned above as well as a continued focus on strategic partnerships.


41

COST OF REVENUE
ECOM-20211231_G6.JPG     

Cost of revenue primarily consists of:
Salaries and personnel-related costs for employees providing services to our customers and supporting our platform infrastructure, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation;
Co-location facility costs for our data centers;
Infrastructure maintenance costs; and
Fees we pay to credit card vendors in connection with our customers' payments to us.

Comparison of 2021 to 2020
Cost of revenue increased by 26.0%, or $7.9 million, to $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $30.4 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of increases of:
$4.8 million in compensation and employee-related costs due to an increase in headcount, as we continue to invest in resources to support the growth of our business;
$1.4 million in contractor costs primarily to support data scraping and our client services team;
$1.2 million in software and website maintenance costs to support the growth of our business; and
$0.4 million in amortization of capitalized software development costs.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
Cost of revenue increased by 4.6%, or $1.3 million, to $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $29.0 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of compensation and employee-related costs due to an increase in quarterly bonuses earned from strong net bookings performance, as well as an increase in headcount, with the prior year being impacted by our implementation of a plan to reduce expenses and align our operations with evolving business needs in the third quarter of 2019, or the 2019 Actions.
OPERATING EXPENSES
SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSE
ECOM-20211231_G7.JPG     
Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of:
Salaries and personnel-related costs for our sales and marketing employees, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation;
Amortization of capitalized sales commissions and related incentive payments over their expected term of benefit;
Marketing, advertising and promotional event programs; and
Corporate communications.

Comparison of 2021 to 2020
Sales and marketing expense increased by 14.8%, or $7.9 million, to $60.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $52.9 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of increases (decreases) of:
42

$7.1 million in compensation and employee-related costs due to an increase in headcount, as we continue to invest in resources to support the growth of our business, as well as an increase in amortization of deferred contract costs resulting from higher sales commissions driven by strong net bookings performance; and
$1.1 million in marketing and advertising, with the prior year having reduced spend in response to the COVID-19 pandemic; partially offset by
$(0.2) million in travel, primarily due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
Sales and marketing expense increased by 0.2%, or $0.1 million, to $52.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $52.8 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of increases (decreases) of:
$2.5 million in compensation and employee-related costs, including stock-based compensation, due to an increase in amortization of deferred contract costs, as well as an increase in headcount, with the prior year being impacted by the 2019 Actions; partially offset by
$(1.9) million in our promotional event programs and travel, primarily due to travel and gathering restrictions as a response to the COVID-19 pandemic; and
$(0.5) million in allocated expenses, driven by certain office closures, including our operations in China.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE

ECOM-20211231_G8.JPG     
Research and development expense consists primarily of:
Salaries and personnel-related costs for our research and development employees, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation;
Costs related to the development, quality assurance and testing of new technology and enhancement of our existing platform technology; and
Consulting expenses.


Comparison of 2021 to 2020
Research and development expense increased by 17.9%, or $3.4 million, to $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $19.0 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of increases of:
$2.8 million in compensation and employee-related costs due to an increase in headcount driven by resources to support the growth of our business and our investment in channel expansion, as well as employees from our acquisition of BlueBoard in July 2020; and
$0.4 million in software license and maintenance costs to support the growth of our business.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
Research and development expense decreased by 1.1%, or $0.2 million, to $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $19.2 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of (decreases) increases of:
$(0.4) million in compensation and employee-related costs due to an increase in capitalized employee-related costs attributable to software development to support the enhancement of our product offerings; and
$(0.3) million in allocated expenses, driven by certain office closures, including our operations in China; partially offset by
$0.6 million in compensation and employee-related costs due to an increase in quarterly bonuses earned from strong net bookings performance, as well as an increase in headcount driven by our acquisition of BlueBoard in July 2020.
43

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE

ECOM-20211231_G9.JPG     

General and administrative expense consists primarily of:
Salaries and personnel-related costs for administrative, finance and accounting, information systems, legal and human resource employees, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation;
Consulting and professional fees;
Insurance;
Bad debt expense;
Costs associated with SEC compliance, including with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies; and
Transaction related costs.
Comparison of 2021 to 2020
General and administrative expense increased by 15.6%, or $3.7 million, to $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $23.7 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of increases (decreases) of:
$3.1 million in compensation and employee related costs due to an increase in headcount, as we continue to invest in resources to support the growth of our business, as well as stock-based compensation from performance-based equity awards;
$1.4 million in lease abandonment costs related to right of use lease assets, driven by a reduction in our leased office space;
$0.5 million in general and administrative costs driven by the liquidation of a foreign subsidiary; and
$0.4 million in recruiting costs to support the growth of our business; partially offset by
$(1.3) million in general and administrative costs due to a decrease in the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration; and
$(0.5) million from a decrease in bad debt expense due to improved cash collections.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
General and administrative expense decreased by 5.6%, or $1.4 million, to $23.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $25.1 million for the prior year. The change was comprised primarily of (decreases) increases of:
$(1.1) million in allocated expenses driven by certain office closures, including our operations in China;
$(0.6) million in bad debt expense due to improved cash collections; and
$(0.4) million in compensation and employee-related costs due to reductions in headcount, primarily as a result of the 2019 Actions; partially offset by
$0.8 million in transaction and subsequent general and administrative costs associated with our July 2020 acquisition of BlueBoard.
44

ADJUSTED EBITDA
To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this Annual Report adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, which is defined as net income plus (or minus): income tax (benefit) expense; interest expense (income), net; depreciation and amortization; and stock-based compensation. For some periods, we have also adjusted for non-recurring costs, such as severance and related costs, transaction costs in connection with acquisitions, the change in fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration, lease abandonment and related costs and subsidiary liquidation costs. We have provided a reconciliation below of adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
We have included adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of some income and expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results.
Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or income tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and
other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.
Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA together with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income and our other GAAP results.
  Year Ended December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
  (in thousands)
Net income $ 47,215  $ 18,825  $ 3,482 
Adjustments:
Interest expense (income), net 127  (175) (754)
Income tax (benefit) expense (29,150) 443  689 
Depreciation and amortization expense 6,567  6,513  6,336 
Total adjustments, net (22,456) 6,781  6,271 
EBITDA 24,759  25,606  9,753 
Stock-based compensation expense 12,034  10,200  8,976 
Lease abandonment and related costs 1,941  —  — 
Contingent consideration fair value adjustment (1,313) —  — 
Subsidiary liquidation costs 455  —  — 
Transaction costs in connection with acquisition —  488  — 
Non-recurring severance and related costs —  —  1,429 
Adjusted EBITDA $ 37,876  $ 36,294  $ 20,158 
45

GROSS AND OPERATING MARGINS
ECOM-20211231_G10.JPG      ECOM-20211231_G11.JPG     

Comparison of 2021 to 2020
Gross margin declined by 190 basis points to 77.2% during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with 79.1% for the prior year as a result of the increase in cost of revenue of 26.0% noted above, which exceeded the 15.6% increase in revenue.
Operating margin declined by 190 basis points to 11.3% during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with 13.2% for the prior year due to increases in operating expenses and cost of revenue of 15.6% and 26.0%, respectively, primarily as a result of an increase in compensation and employee-related costs driven by additional headcount as we invest in resources to support growth of our business.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
Gross margin improved by 140 basis points to 79.1% during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with 77.7% for the prior year as a result of the 11.6% increase in revenue which exceeded the 4.6% increase in cost of revenue noted above.
Operating margin improved by 1,030 basis points to 13.2% during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with 2.9% for the prior year. Our improved operating margin was a result of the 11.6% increase in revenue and 1.6% decrease in operating expenses driven by the 2019 Actions, cost savings attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, primarily related to travel and promotional event program cancellations, and our continuing strategic efforts to scale our business operations while managing costs.
TOTAL OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME
Other (expense) income consists primarily of:
Interest expense on our finance leases;
Interest received on our cash and cash equivalents;
Other gains and losses; and
The net effect of foreign currency revaluation gains and losses.
Comparison of 2021 to 2020
Other (expense) income decreased by $1.0 million to $(0.9) million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $0.2 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to the recognition of a $0.5 million loss driven by property and equipment disposals, as well as a decrease in interest income driven by lower interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents due to overall market conditions.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
Other income (expense) decreased by $0.2 million to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $0.4 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to a $0.6 million decrease in interest income driven by lower interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents due to overall market conditions, partially offset by a $0.4 million loss recorded in the prior year due to the closing of our China operations.
46

INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) EXPENSE
Our provision for income taxes consists of provisions for federal, state, and foreign income taxes. We operate in an international environment with operations in various locations outside of the United States. Accordingly, our combined income tax rate is a composite rate reflecting our operating results in various locations and the applicable rates.
Comparison of 2021 to 2020
Income tax benefit was $(29.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with income tax expense of $0.4 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to the reversal of the valuation allowance recorded against our U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. The change was also partially attributable to the enactment of a statutory tax rate increase in the UK in 2021 that was larger than the tax rate increase enacted in the UK in 2020. The tax benefit recognized from the revaluation of the UK deferred tax assets in 2021 was larger than the tax benefit recognized in 2020. Additionally, a year over year increase in stock-based compensation windfalls and deductions from disqualifying dispositions contributed to the shift from a tax expense to a tax benefit. This was partially offset by the revaluation of our deferred tax assets for a reduction in the North Carolina statutory tax rate that was enacted during 2021.
Comparison of 2020 to 2019
Income tax expense was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with $0.7 million for the prior year. The change was primarily due to the recognition of tax benefits in 2020, driven by an increase in the UK corporate income tax rate resulting in an increase to the UK deferred tax assets, the acquisition of BlueBoard and the ability to recognize the tax benefit on BlueBoard's 2020 operating losses and the completion of an R&D credit project in Spain. This was partially offset by an increase in current U.S. state tax expense due to being in a taxable income position in the current year, as well as California suspending the ability to utilize carried forward net operating losses (NOLs) from previous years in 2020. Additionally, a year over year increase in stock-based compensation windfalls and deductions from disqualifying dispositions contributed to the decrease in tax expense.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We derive our liquidity and operating capital primarily from cash flows from operations. Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe our future cash flows from operating activities and our existing cash balances will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. During this period, we expect our capital expenditure requirements to approximate a range of $7.0 million to $8.0 million, which will primarily consist of computer hardware, purchased software and furniture and office equipment.
The foregoing estimate does not give effect to any potential amounts that we may draw under our credit facility, or Credit Facility, with HSBC Bank, or HSBC, that we entered into in August 2020 and which is described in more detail below.
Our principal future commitments consist of non-cancelable leases for our current and future office space and computer equipment, totaling $14.4 million as of December 31, 2021. We believe our future cash flows from operating activities and existing cash balances are sufficient to meet these commitments.
WORKING CAPITAL
The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and working capital as of the end of each of the last three years:
  December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
  (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents $ 100,567  $ 71,545  $ 51,785 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance 28,886  24,705  22,126 
Working capital 96,076  67,110  47,946 
Our cash at December 31, 2021 was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide on-demand immediate liquidity. Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts and short-term money market accounts.
47

Of our total cash and cash equivalents, approximately 10.6% was held outside of the United States at December 31, 2021. Our international operations primarily consist of selling and marketing and research and development functions supported by our U.S. operations, and are dependent on our U.S. operations for international working capital needs. If our cash and cash equivalents held outside of the United States were ever needed for our operations inside the United States, we could be required to accrue and pay income and withholding taxes to repatriate these funds. We currently intend to permanently reinvest these foreign amounts outside the United States, and based on our current plans we do not believe we will need to repatriate the foreign amounts to fund our U.S. operations.
CASH FLOWS
ECOM-20211231_G12.JPG ECOM-20211231_G13.JPG ECOM-20211231_G14.JPG
Free Cash Flow
We view free cash flow as an important financial metric as it demonstrates our ability to generate cash and can allow us to pursue opportunities that enhance shareholder value. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, measures of our financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP. The following table presents a reconciliation of cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, to free cash flow for each of the periods indicated:
  Year Ended December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
  (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities $ 34,252  $ 34,306  $ 13,008 
Less: Purchases of property and equipment (1,609) (1,704) (986)
Less: Payment of capitalized software development costs (3,395) (3,034) (2,721)
Free cash flow $ 29,248  $ 29,568  $ 9,301 
Free cash flow decreased by $0.3 million to $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year and increased $20.3 million to $29.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease in free cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily a result of an increase in operating expenses to support the growth of our business and changes in assets and liabilities, which are further described below. The increase in free cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2020 was a result of revenue growth during the year, as well as lower operating expenses, primarily related to the 2019 Actions, cost savings in 2020 attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, improved cash collections and changes in assets and liabilities, which are further described below.
Operating activities cash flows are largely driven by:
The amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business;
The amount and timing of customer payments;
The seasonality of our business, as noted above, which results in variations in the timing of invoicing and the receipt of payments from our customers; and
In 2019, the amount paid in non-recurring severance and related costs in connection with the 2019 Actions.
Investing activities cash flows are largely driven by:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired;
48

Capitalized expenditures to create internally developed software and implement software purchased for internal use; and
Purchases of property and equipment to support the expansion of our infrastructure.
Financing activities cash flows are largely driven by:
Proceeds from the exercises of stock options;
Tax withholdings related to the net-share settlement of restricted stock units;
Payments on finance lease obligations; and
Payment of financing costs.
2021
Operating Activities
Our cash provided by operating activities consisted of net income of $47.2 million adjusted for certain non-cash items totaling $(10.6) million, which consisted of stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, bad debt expense and other non-cash items, including the release of the valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets, contingent consideration fair value adjustment, lease abandonment and subsidiary liquidation costs, and cash decreases of $2.3 million from changes in assets and liabilities.
The net decrease in cash of $2.3 million resulting from changes in assets and liabilities primarily consisted of:
a $5.9 million increase in deferred contract costs consisting of sales commissions and a portion of other incentive compensation driven by strong net bookings performance. These contract costs are deferred and amortized to expense over the expected period of benefit; and
a $4.4 million increase in accounts receivable also driven by strong net bookings performance during the period. These decreases in cash were partially offset by increases in cash due to:
a $7.7 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of strong net bookings performance; and
a $0.1 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets driven by the timing of payments to our vendors during the period.
Investing Activities
Our cash used in investing activities consisted of:
$3.4 million of capitalized software development costs; and
$1.6 million of capital expenditures primarily related to the purchase of computer equipment.
Financing Activities
Our cash used by financing activities primarily consisted of:
$5.7 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options; partially offset by
$5.7 million used for the payment of taxes related to the net-share settlement of restricted stock units.
2020
Operating Activities
Our cash provided by operating activities consisted of a net income of $18.8 million adjusted for certain non-cash items totaling $16.4 million, which consisted of stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, bad debt expense and other non-cash items, and cash decreases of $0.9 million from changes in assets and liabilities.
The net decrease in cash resulting from changes in assets and liabilities of $0.9 million primarily consisted of:
a $2.6 million increase in deferred contract costs consisting of sales commissions and a portion of other incentive compensation that is deferred and amortized to expense over the expected period of benefit;
a $2.1 million increase in accounts receivable driven by strong net bookings performance and an increase in variable revenue during the period; and
a $1.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets driven by the timing of payments to our vendors during the period. These decreases in cash were partially offset by increases in cash due to:
49

a $4.3 million increase in accrued expenses and accounts payable primarily due to an increase in quarterly bonuses earned and the deferral of payroll taxes associated with COVID-19 pandemic relief; and
a $1.3 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of an increase in net bookings during the period.
Investing Activities
Our cash used in investing activities consisted of:
$8.5 million for the acquisition of BlueBoard, net of cash acquired;
$3.0 million of capitalized software development costs; and
$1.7 million of capital expenditures primarily related to the purchase of computer equipment.
Financing Activities
Our cash used in financing activities consisted of:
$3.3 million used for the payment of taxes related to the net-share settlement of restricted stock units;
$1.8 million used for the repayment of finance leases; and
$0.2 million used for the payment of line of credit financing costs in connection with entering into our Credit Facility as described below; partially offset by
$3.8 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options.
SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM
On September 16, 2021, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $25 million of our common stock through August 10, 2022. Repurchases may be made from time to time on the open market at prevailing prices or in negotiated transactions off the market. The share repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of our shares. As of December 31, 2021, we had not repurchased any shares under this program.
CREDIT FACILITY
On August 5, 2020, we established the Credit Facility with HSBC under which we may borrow up to $25 million. We may use proceeds from borrowings under the Credit Facility for working capital and general corporate purposes, including acquisitions, and up to $10 million is available for letters of credit. We may also request increases in the amount of the Credit Facility, with such increases not to exceed $10 million in the aggregate, subject to HSBC's consent. As of the date of this report, we have not drawn on, or issued any letters of credit under, the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility matures in August 2023.
Any borrowings under the Credit Facility will bear interest at a per annum interest rate based on a base rate plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 3.25%. The base rate will equal the highest of (a) the prime rate as publicly announced by HSBC, (b) the sum of (i) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System plus (ii) 0.50%, and (c) the LIBOR rate plus 1.00% per annum, with a floor of 1.50%. The LIBOR rate will be based on London interbank offered rates published by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited for the applicable interest period, with a floor of 0.50%. We will pay a fee on all outstanding letters of credit at a rate of 3.25% per annum. We will pay HSBC a commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the facility at a rate per annum equal to 0.50%. We may terminate the Credit Facility, or prepay any borrowings, at any time in our discretion without premium or penalty.
The credit agreement for the Credit Facility, or the Credit Agreement, contains affirmative and negative covenants. For example, we may not permit the ratio of our outstanding indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA to exceed 2.50 to 1.00 as of the last day of any fiscal quarter. We also may not permit the ratio of our consolidated EBITDA (minus maintenance-related capital expenditures paid in cash and minus dividends, distributions and stock repurchases paid in cash) to consolidated interest expense to be less than 3.00 to 1.00 for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters.
The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, HSBC may terminate the commitments under the Credit Facility and declare the outstanding advances and all other obligations under the Credit Facility immediately due and payable.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated
50

financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and to the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.
While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2, "Significant Accounting Policies," to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
We derive the majority of our revenue from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is typically one year. A customer typically pays a recurring subscription fee based on a specified minimum amount of GMV or advertising spend that the customer expects to process through our platform. Subscription fees may also include implementation fees such as launch assistance and training fees. The remaining portion of a customer's fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV or advertising spend processed through our platform in excess of the customer's specified minimum GMV or advertising spend amount. In most cases, the specified percentage of excess GMV or advertising spend on which the variable fee is based is fixed and does not vary depending on the amount of the excess. Customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of our software at any time.
We recognize subscription fees and implementation fees ratably over the contract period beginning on the date the customer has access to the software. In general, we invoice and recognize revenue from the variable portion of fees in the period in which the related GMV or advertising spend is processed.
Customers may elect to purchase a subscription to multiple modules, multiple modules with multiple service levels, or, for certain of our solutions, multiple brands or geographies. We evaluate such contracts to determine whether the services to be provided are distinct and accordingly should be accounted for as separate performance obligations. If we determine that a contract has multiple performance obligations, the transaction price, which is the total price of the contract, is allocated to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price method. We estimate standalone selling price based on observable prices in past transactions for which the product offering subject to the performance obligation has been sold separately.
Deferred revenue typically represents the unearned portion of subscription fees. Deferred amounts are generally recognized within one year. Amounts that are expected to be recognized beyond one year are recorded in other long-term liabilities.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses
We extend credit to customers without requiring collateral. Accounts receivable are stated at amortized cost, net of an allowance for credit losses. We record an allowance for credit losses at the time that accounts receivable are initially recorded based on our consideration of the current economic environment, expectations of future economic conditions, our historical collection experience and a loss-rate approach whereby impairment is calculated by multiplying an estimated loss rate by the asset's amortized cost at the balance sheet date. We reassess the allowance at each reporting date. When it becomes apparent, based on age or customer circumstances, that such amounts will not be collected, they are charged to the allowance. Payments subsequently received are credited to the credit loss expense account included within general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2021, our allowance for credit losses was 1.0% of our gross accounts receivable.
Goodwill
Goodwill arises from business combinations and is measured as the excess of the cost of the business acquired over the sum of the acquisition-date fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less any liabilities assumed.
We test goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired.
To perform our impairment testing, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. The qualitative factors we consider include, but are
51

not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances and after-tax cash flows. If the qualitative factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, then we do not consider the assigned goodwill to be impaired. We are only required to perform the two-step impairment test if the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. We may elect to perform the two-step impairment test without considering such qualitative factors. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we concluded there was no impairment of goodwill.
In connection with our acquisition of BlueBoard in July 2020, we recorded a $7.5 million increase in goodwill. Refer to Note 4, "Business Combination, Goodwill and Intangible Assets," to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information regarding the purchase price allocation and recording of goodwill in connection with this acquisition.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation awards, which include stock options, time-based restricted stock units, or RSUs, and performance-based vesting restricted stock units, or PSUs, are measured at fair value at each grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeitures, in which compensation cost for each vesting tranche in an award is recognized ratably from the service inception date to the vesting date for that tranche. Options and RSUs generally vest annually over a four-year period. PSUs are eligible for vesting only if we achieve pre-defined targets set by the Compensation Committee for our combined year-over-year revenue growth and adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, margin over a multi-year measurement period (a two-year measurement period for fiscal 2020 and 2021 grants), subject to continued service with us. Refer to Note 11, "Equity Incentive Plans and Stock-Based Compensation," to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information regarding PSU grants and vesting.
The fair value of our common stock, for purposes of determining the grant date fair value of option, RSU and PSU awards, has been determined by using the closing market price per share of our common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant.
Our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, is based on our historical experience and is reviewed on an annual basis, at a minimum. The estimated forfeiture rate is applied to the total estimated fair value of the awards to compute the stock-based compensation expense, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset.
We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within our global operations in income tax (benefit) expense.
Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Our judgments, assumptions and estimates relative to the provision for income taxes take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws, and possible outcomes of future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, the final tax outcome of matters could be different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provision and accruals. Such differences, if identified in future periods, could have a material effect on the amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2, "Significant Accounting Policies," to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report for information regarding recent accounting pronouncements.
52

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.
FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK
With international operations, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve, and if our exposure increases, adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results. Our primary exposures are related to non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and operating expenses transacted in British pounds sterling, euros and Australian dollars. As a result, we would experience increased revenue and operating expenses at our non-U.S. operations if there were a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. Conversely, we would experience decreased revenue and operating expenses at our non-U.S. operations if there were an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. However, based on the size of our international operations and the amount of our revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies, a 10% change in foreign exchange rates would not have had a material impact on our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.
INTEREST RATE RISK
We are only marginally exposed to interest rate risk through our portfolio of cash and cash equivalents. Interest rates that may affect these items in the future will depend on market conditions and may differ from the rates we have experienced in the past. Although we have not drawn on our Credit Facility, we may do so in the future which may subject us to risks from changing interest rates.
INFLATION RISK
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
53

Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
55
58
59
60
61
62
63
54

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 10, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Revenue Recognition
Description of the Matter
As described in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recognizes revenue when a customer obtains control of promised services, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those services. Contracts with customers may include multiple services, modules, brands, and/or geographies. The Company evaluates such contracts to determine whether the services to be provided are distinct and accordingly accounted for as separate performance obligations. If a contract has multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price method.

The audit effort in evaluating the Company's accounting for revenue recognition was extensive and required auditor judgment for certain customer contracts to evaluate the terms and conditions and to identify distinct performance obligations.
55

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the controls over the Company's revenue recognition process, including management’s review of terms and conditions and identification of distinct performance obligations in customer contracts.

To test the Company's accounting for revenue recognition, our audit procedures included, among others, selecting a sample of revenue transactions covering each of the significant service offerings for which we evaluated the terms and conditions and reperformed management’s assessment of distinct performance obligations within the arrangement, as well as tested the application of the revenue recognition accounting requirements, including reperforming calculations of revenue recognized to test the mathematical accuracy and the underlying data used in the calculations. We also assessed the appropriateness of the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.



/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2001.
Raleigh, North Carolina
February 10, 2022

56

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated February 10, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
February 10, 2022
57

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  December 31,
  2021 2020
Assets    
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 100,567  $ 71,545 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $279 and $417 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
28,886  24,705 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 15,497  13,874 
Total current assets 144,950  110,124 
Operating lease right of use assets 2,856  8,141 
Property and equipment, net 7,682  8,707 
Goodwill 30,042  30,990 
Intangible assets, net 3,079  4,155 
Deferred contract costs, net of current portion 17,951  14,040 
Long-term deferred tax assets, net 32,616  3,551 
Other assets 796  953 
Total assets $ 239,972  $ 180,661 
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable $ 1,457  $ 158 
Accrued expenses 12,644  14,008 
Deferred revenue 29,942  22,819 
Other current liabilities 4,831  6,029 
Total current liabilities 48,874  43,014 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion 1,182  5,394 
Other long-term liabilities 1,718  2,162 
Total liabilities 51,774  50,570 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
—  — 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 30,188,595 and 29,020,424 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
30  29 
Additional paid-in capital 300,875  288,842 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (2,237) (1,095)
Accumulated deficit (110,470) (157,685)
Total stockholders' equity 188,198  130,091 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 239,972  $ 180,661 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
58

Table of Contents
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
   Year Ended December 31,
2021 2020 2019
Revenue $ 167,729  $ 145,072  $ 129,959 
Cost of revenue 38,232  30,354  29,008 
Gross profit 129,497  114,718  100,951 
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing 60,755  52,905  52,813 
Research and development 22,382  18,990  19,200 
General and administrative 27,432  23,739  25,136 
Total operating expenses 110,569  95,634  97,149 
Income from operations 18,928  19,084  3,802 
Other (expense) income:
Interest (expense) income, net (127) 175  754 
Other (expense) income, net (736) (385)
Total other (expense) income (863) 184  369 
Income before income taxes 18,065  19,268  4,171 
Income tax (benefit) expense (29,150) 443  689 
Net income $ 47,215  $ 18,825  $ 3,482 
Net income per share:
Basic $ 1.59  $ 0.66  $ 0.12 
Diluted $ 1.50  $ 0.63  $ 0.12 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic 29,774,172  28,616,401  27,886,278 
Diluted 31,506,080  30,035,261  28,816,977 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
59

Table of Contents
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)
  Year Ended December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
Net income $ 47,215  $ 18,825  $ 3,482 
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments (1,142) 645  (33)
Total comprehensive income $ 46,073  $ 19,470  $ 3,449 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
60

Table of Contents
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands, except share data)
  Common Stock Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
  Shares Amount
Balance, December 31, 2018 27,347,115  $ 27  $ 271,550  $ (1,707) $ (180,232) $ 89,638 
Exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units 1,021,730  974  —  —  975 
Stock-based compensation expense —  —  8,976  —  —  8,976 
Statutory tax withholding related to net-share settlement of restricted stock units (291,376) —  (3,389) —  —  (3,389)
Net income —  —  —  —  3,482  3,482 
Foreign currency translation adjustments —  —  —  (33) —  (33)
Balance, December 31, 2019 28,077,469  28  278,111  (1,740) (176,750) 99,649 
Cumulative effect of accounting change (1) —  —  —  —  240  240 
Exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units 1,183,904  3,825  —  —  3,826 
Stock-based compensation expense —  —  10,200  —  —  10,200 
Statutory tax withholding related to net-share settlement of restricted stock units (240,949) —  (3,294) —  —  (3,294)
Net income —  —  —  —  18,825  18,825 
Foreign currency translation adjustments —  —  —  645  —  645 
Balance, December 31, 2020 29,020,424  29  288,842  (1,095) (157,685) 130,091 
Exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units 1,409,253  5,742  —  —  5,743 
Stock-based compensation expense —  —  12,034  —  —  12,034 
Statutory tax withholding related to net-share settlement of restricted stock units (241,082) —  (5,743) —  —  (5,743)
Net income —  —  —  —  47,215  47,215 
Foreign currency translation adjustments —  —  —  (1,142) —  (1,142)
Balance, December 31, 2021 30,188,595  $ 30  $ 300,875  $ (2,237) $ (110,470) $ 188,198 
(1) The Company recorded a reduction to accumulated deficit at January 1, 2020 as a result of its adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
61

Table of Contents
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
  Year Ended December 31,
  2021 2020 2019
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income $ 47,215  $ 18,825  $ 3,482 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization 6,567  6,513  6,336 
Bad debt expense 59  525  1,147 
Stock-based compensation expense 12,034  10,200  8,976 
Deferred income taxes (29,477) (39) 531 
Other items, net 200  (829) 118 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition:
Accounts receivable (4,358) (2,143) 361 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 110  (1,728) 892 
Deferred contract costs (5,875) (2,572) (3,146)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 76  4,270  (2,306)
Deferred revenue 7,701  1,284  (3,383)
Cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities 34,252  34,306  13,008 
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition, net of cash acquired —  (8,467) — 
Purchases of property and equipment (1,609) (1,704) (986)
Payment of software development costs (3,395) (3,034) (2,721)
Cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities (5,004) (13,205) (3,707)
Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of finance leases (15) (1,808) (2,209)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 5,742  3,825  974 
Payment of statutory tax withholding related to net-share settlement of restricted stock units (5,743) (3,294) (3,389)
Payment of line of credit financing costs —  (187) — 
Cash and cash equivalents used in financing activities (16) (1,464) (4,624)
Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (210) 123  (77)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 29,022  19,760  4,600 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 71,545  51,785  47,185 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 100,567  $ 71,545  $ 51,785 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest $ 133  $ 160  $ 215 
Cash paid for income taxes, net $ 487  $ 462  $ 62 
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities
Accrued capital expenditures $ 78  $ 32  $ 15 
Finance lease obligations entered into for the purchase of fixed assets $ —  $ —  $ 46 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
62

Table of Contents
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
ChannelAdvisor Corporation ("ChannelAdvisor" or the "Company") was incorporated in the state of Delaware and capitalized in June 2001. The Company began operations in July 2001. ChannelAdvisor is a leading provider of cloud-based e-commerce solutions whose mission is to connect and optimize the world's commerce. For over two decades, ChannelAdvisor has helped brands and retailers worldwide to streamline their e-commerce operations, expand to new channels and grow sales. Thousands of customers depend on ChannelAdvisor to securely power their e-commerce operations on hundreds of channels, including Amazon, eBay, Facebook, Google, Shopify, Walmart and Zalando. The Company is headquartered in Morrisville, North Carolina and maintains sales, service, support and research and development offices in various domestic and international locations.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021 2020 2019
Cost of revenue $ 4,534  $ 4,211  $ 3,942 
Sales and marketing 432  624  775 
Research and development 168  257  353 
General and administrative 1,433  1,421  1,266 
$ 6,567  $ 6,513  $ 6,336 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
The Company has reviewed new accounting pronouncements that were issued during 2021 and does not believe that these pronouncements are applicable to the Company, or that they will have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the accounts receivable allowance, the useful lives of long-lived assets and other intangible assets, income taxes, assumptions used for purposes of determining stock-based compensation, leases, including estimating lease terms and extensions, and revenue recognition, including standalone selling prices for contracts with multiple performance obligations and the expected period of benefit for deferred contract costs, among others. Estimates and assumptions are also required to value assets acquired and liabilities assumed as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, in conjunction with business combinations. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.

63

Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of ninety days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash and money market funds. Due to the short-term nature and liquidity of these financial instruments, the carrying value of these assets approximates fair value.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised services, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those services. In determining the amount of revenue to be recognized, the Company performs the following steps: (i) identification of the contract with a customer; (ii) identification of the promised services in the contract and determination of whether the promised services are performance obligations, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) determination of the transaction price; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations based on estimated selling prices; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation. Refer to Note 9, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" for a detailed discussion of accounting policies related to revenue recognition, including deferred revenue and sales commissions.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of personnel and related costs, including salaries, bonuses, payroll taxes and stock-based compensation, co-location facility costs for the Company's data centers, depreciation expense for computer equipment and amortization of capitalized software directly associated with generating revenue, credit card transaction fees and infrastructure maintenance costs. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, additional depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:
Level 1. Observable inputs based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2. Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3. Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions.
The carrying amounts of certain of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.
The acquisition of Blueboard, a private limited company organized under the laws of France ("BlueBoard"), on July 23, 2020 included a contingent consideration arrangement, as described in Note 4 below. Contingent consideration was measured at fair value at the acquisition date and is remeasured at fair value at each reporting date until the contingency is resolved.
The fair value of the contingent consideration related to the BlueBoard acquisition was estimated utilizing Black-Scholes option pricing models in which various scenarios for achievement of the financial targets and resulting payouts were then discounted to determine the present value of the resulting liability. Key assumptions used in the measurement of fair value of contingent consideration include the forecasted revenue growth, revenue volatility and discount rates among other assumptions. Changes in any valuation inputs in isolation may result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement in the future. The fair value of the contingent consideration was recorded in "Other long-term liabilities" on the Company's consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are recognized within general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
The following table presents the changes to the Company's liability for acquisition-related contingent consideration for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
64

Balance as of December 31, 2020 $ 1,330 
Change in fair value (1,330)
Balance as of December 31, 2021 $ — 
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company's cash and cash equivalents are held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company's cash and cash equivalents accounts exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents accounts to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company maintains an allowance for credit losses.
The Company did not have any customers that individually comprised a significant concentration of its accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, or a significant concentration of its revenue for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses
The Company extends credit to customers without requiring collateral. Accounts receivable are stated at amortized cost, net of an allowance for credit losses. The Company records an allowance for credit losses at the time that accounts receivable are initially recorded based on its consideration of the current economic environment, expectations of future economic conditions, the Company's historical collection experience and a loss-rate approach whereby impairment is calculated by multiplying an estimated loss rate by the asset's amortized cost at the balance sheet date. The Company reassesses the allowance at each reporting date. When it becomes apparent, based on age or customer circumstances, that such amounts will not be collected, they are charged to the allowance. Payments subsequently received are credited to the credit loss expense account included within general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
The following table presents the changes in the Company's allowance for credit losses during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Balance, 
beginning
of period
Provision for credit losses (1)
Write-offs, net of recoveries Balance,
end of
period
Allowance for credit losses:
Year ended December 31, 2021 $ 417  59  (197) $ 279 
Year ended December 31, 2020 $ 733  525  (841) $ 417 
(1) Includes adjustment recorded at January 1, 2020 as a result of the Company's adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326).
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method.
The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are generally as follows:
Purchased software, including capitalized software development costs 3 years
Computer hardware 3 years
Furniture and office equipment
3 to 5 years
Leasehold improvements Lesser of remaining lease term or useful life
Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
65

Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes certain internal-use software development costs, consisting primarily of direct labor associated with creating the internally developed software and third-party consulting fees associated with implementing software purchased for internal use. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (in which all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (in which certain costs are capitalized) and the post-implementation/operation stage (in which all costs are expensed as incurred). The costs incurred during the application development stage primarily include the costs of designing the application, coding and testing of the system. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software once it is ready for its intended use.
Capitalized software development costs related to creating internally developed software and implementing software purchased for internal use are included in property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The Company capitalized software development costs of $3.3 million and $3.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized internally developed software was $2.7 million, $1.8 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and is included in cost of revenue or general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, depending upon the nature of the software development project. The net book value of capitalized internally developed software was $4.8 million and $4.2 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Identifiable Intangible Assets
The Company acquired intangible assets in connection with its business acquisitions. These assets were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date and are being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives and amortization methodology used in computing amortization are as follows:
Estimated Useful Lives Amortization Methodology
Customer relationships 7 years Straight-line
Acquired technology 7 years Straight-line
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized, if any, is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets or asset group. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. During the fourth quarter of 2021, in connection with the Company's reduction of its leased office space, the Company evaluated certain of its long-lived assets for impairment. As a result of the analysis, management concluded no long-lived assets were impaired and no assets were identified as being held for sale as of December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, management did not believe any long-lived assets were impaired and no assets were identified as being held for sale.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. The Company recorded goodwill in connection with its business acquisitions. Refer to Note 4 below for information regarding goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of BlueBoard. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test, as described below.
The Company has determined that it has a single, entity-wide reporting unit. The Company first assessed qualitative factors to determine whether it was more likely than not that the fair value of its single reporting unit was less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test under ASU No. 2011-08, Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. If the qualitative factors had indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit was less than its carrying amount, the Company would have tested goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, the assigned goodwill is not considered impaired. If the fair value is less than the reporting unit's carrying value, step two is performed to measure the amount of the impairment,
66

if any. In the second step, the fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit's identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value was being initially allocated. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period the determination is made.
The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment analysis as of October 1, the first day of the fourth quarter. As a result of the Company's annual impairment analysis as of October 1, 2021 and 2020, goodwill was not considered impaired and, as such, no impairment charges were recorded.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The amount expensed during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $4.8 million, $3.5 million and $4.2 million, respectively.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method of accounting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of a deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
The Company applies the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return in the financial statements. Additionally, the guidance also prescribes the treatment for the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The Company accrues for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will be recognized if it is more likely than not to be sustained. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded a nominal amount of accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions. The Company's policy for recording interest and penalties is to record them as a component of provision for income taxes.
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency of the Company's non-U.S. operations is the local currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Revenue and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation gains or losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders' equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized as other (expense) income.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards, which include stock options, time-based restricted stock units, or RSUs, and performance-based vesting restricted stock units, or PSUs, based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method, net of estimated forfeitures, in which compensation cost for each vesting tranche in an award is recognized ratably from the service inception date to the vesting date for that tranche.
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires the input of the Company's stock price, as well as highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the option and the expected stock price volatility, which is estimated based on the historical volatility of the Company's stock. Additionally, the recognition of expense requires the estimation of the number of awards that will ultimately vest and the number of awards that will ultimately be forfeited. The fair value of the Company's common stock, for purposes of determining the grant date fair value of option, RSU and PSU awards, has been determined by using the closing market price per share of common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant.
67

Basic and Diluted Income per Common Share
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share is calculated giving effect to all potentially dilutive shares of common stock, including stock options, RSUs and PSUs. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
2021 2020
Purchased software, including capitalized software development costs $ 16,134  $ 17,303 
Computer hardware 10,098  9,541 
Furniture and office equipment 968  2,388 
Leasehold improvements 3,556  7,368 
Construction in process 22  48 
30,778  36,648 
Less: accumulated depreciation (23,096) (27,941)
Property and equipment, net $ 7,682  $ 8,707 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $5.5 million, $5.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company disposed of leasehold improvements, purchased software, including capitalized software development costs, computer hardware and furniture and office equipment with a cost of $10.8 million and accumulated depreciation of $10.3 million resulting in a $0.5 million loss recorded in other (expense) income in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company disposed of purchased software, including capitalized software development costs, computer hardware, furniture and office equipment with a cost of $0.8 million and accumulated depreciation of $0.8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company disposed of purchased software, including capitalized software development costs, computer hardware, furniture and office equipment and leasehold improvements with a cost of $10.0 million and accumulated depreciation of $9.6 million resulting in a $0.4 million loss in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 related to these disposals.
4. BUSINESS COMBINATION, GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Business Combination
On July 23, 2020, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") pursuant to which it acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Blueboard, a private limited company organized under the laws of France ("BlueBoard"). BlueBoard is headquartered in Paris, France and is a leader in e-commerce analytics. The acquisition of BlueBoard adds analytic capabilities, including actionable insights into how products are performing across thousands of retailer websites and marketplaces, to the Company's existing cloud-based e-commerce solutions.
Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company paid to the shareholders of BlueBoard a cash purchase price of $9.0 million. In addition to the purchase price paid at the closing, the Company may be obligated to pay up to $3.0 million to the BlueBoard shareholders upon the achievement of specified annual revenue targets through July 2023, as set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
The acquisition has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company allocated the purchase price to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated acquisition-date fair values. The fair values of the identifiable intangible assets were determined based on income approaches utilizing forecasted earnings assumptions. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Based on management's assessment of the acquisition-date fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the aggregate purchase price of $10.5 million, which was comprised of $9.0 million of cash and $1.5 million for contingent
68

consideration noted above, has been allocated to the Company's assets and liabilities as follows: $7.5 million to goodwill, $3.7 million to identifiable intangible assets, including acquired technology of $3.3 million and customer relationships of $0.4 million, $0.6 million to long-term deferred tax liabilities and $0.1 million to working capital as a net current liability.
The goodwill arising from the acquisition of BlueBoard represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from other intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, including acquired workforce, as well as expected future synergies. The goodwill recognized is not deductible for income tax purposes.
The Company incurred transaction costs in connection with the acquisition of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following table shows the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2019 $ 23,486 
Goodwill attributable to the BlueBoard acquisition 7,504 
Balance as of December 31, 2020 30,990 
Effects of foreign currency translation (948)
Balance as of December 31, 2021 $ 30,042 
Intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
  December 31, 2021
  Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Weighted Average
Useful Life (in  years)
Customer relationships $ 499  $ (161) $ 338  7.0
Acquired technology 3,636  (895) 2,741  7.0
Total $ 4,135  $ (1,056) $ 3,079  7.0
  December 31, 2020
  Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying
Amount
Weighted Average
Useful Life (in  years)
Customer relationships $ 2,603  $ (1,940) $ 663  7.0
Acquired technology 5,367  (1,875) 3,492  7.0
Total $ 7,970  $ (3,815) $ 4,155  7.0
Amortization expense was $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, expected amortization expense over the remaining intangible asset lives is as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
2022 $ 591 
2023 591 
2024 552 
2025 525 
2026 525 
Thereafter 295 
Total $ 3,079 
69

5. LEASES
Operating and Finance Lease Commitments
The Company leases office facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating and finance leases. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease and whether its classification is operating or finance at inception. Leases with an initial term of twelve months or less that are not expected to be renewed are not recorded on the balance sheet. For such leases, lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain operating leases include options to renew, with renewal terms extending up to 10 years, subject to certain conditions and notice obligations set forth in the lease agreements. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company's discretion.
Operating lease right of use, or ROU, assets represent the Company's right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company's obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. As the Company's leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the Company's best estimate of the collateralized borrowing rate over a similar term at the commencement date of the lease in determining the present value of future payments. The operating lease ROU assets also include any lease payments made and lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. The lease terms may include options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option.
During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company executed a plan to abandon a portion of its existing office space. As a result, the Company recorded a lease abandonment charge of $1.4 million in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations to reduce the applicable ROU assets to their estimated salvage values.
On December 20, 2021, the Company entered into a lease agreement for the lease of office space to replace the Company's current corporate headquarters. The lease term will commence on the earlier of October 1, 2022 or the date on which the Company begins to occupy and conduct business in the space. The initial term of the lease agreement is for nine years following the lease commencement date, and the Company may elect to renew the lease for two additional five-year periods, subject to certain conditions and notice obligations set forth in the lease agreement. The first twelve months following the lease commencement is considered a rent abatement period in which the Company has no rent commitment. Following the rent abatement period, minimum annual rental payments will be $1.0 million for the first year, and are scheduled to increase each lease year by approximately 2.75%. In addition, following the rent abatement period, the Company will also be obligated to pay its proportionate share of the landlord's operating expenses for the building, subject to certain limitations.
The following table summarizes the Company's lease assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020
Assets
Operating lease right of use assets $ 2,856  $ 8,141 
Finance lease assets, included in Property and equipment, net (1)
11  495 
Total lease assets $ 2,867  $ 8,636 
Liabilities
Current
Operating lease liabilities, included in Other current liabilities $ 4,127  $ 4,716 
Finance lease liabilities, included in Other current liabilities 12  15 
Long-term
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion 1,182  5,394 
Finance lease liabilities, net of current portion, included in Other long-term liabilities $ —  $
Total lease liabilities $ 5,321  $ 10,133 
(1) Finance leases are presented net of accumulated amortization of $6.3 million and $5.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
70

The following table summarizes the components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
2021 2020
Operating lease cost, included in General and administrative expense (1)(2)
$ 4,195  $ 4,093 
Finance lease cost:
    Amortization of lease assets, included in General and administrative expense 484  1,421 
    Interest on lease liabilities, included in Other (expense) income, net —  35 
Less: sublease income, reducing rent expense in General and administrative expense (3)
(197) (167)
Net lease cost $ 4,482  $ 5,382 
(1) Excludes short-term lease costs of $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(2) Excludes lease abandonment charge of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
(3) The Company subleases space to a third party for which it anticipates receiving $0.2 million in annual rental payments during the term of the sublease agreement, which is through August 2022.
The following table summarizes other information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
2021 2020
Supplemental cash flows information
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
    Operating cash outflows from operating leases $ 4,534  $ 4,501 
    Operating cash outflows from finance leases —  105 
    Financing cash outflows from finance leases 15  1,422 
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
    Operating leases 1.33 2.22
    Finance leases 0.75 0.41
Weighted-average discount rate
    Operating leases 5.50  % 5.48  %
    Finance leases 2.30  % 7.12  %
The following table summarizes maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Operating Leases Finance Leases
2022 $ 4,295  $ 12 
2023 1,215  — 
Total lease payments $ 5,510  $ 12 
Less: imputed interest (201) — 
Present value of lease liabilities $ 5,309  $ 12 
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no material finance leases that had not yet commenced.
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
From time to time, the Company is subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. It is not currently party to any material legal proceedings and it is not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against the Company that it believes could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition.
71

7. LINE OF CREDIT
On August 5, 2020, the Company established a $25.0 million revolving credit facility with a commercial lender that is available for use until August 5, 2023. Proceeds from borrowings under the credit facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. Up to $10.0 million of the facility is available for letters of credit. Additionally, the Company may request increases to the facility, subject to the consent of the lender, provided that the aggregate amount of such increases during the term do not exceed $10.0 million. Amounts borrowed under the facility will bear interest equal to either a base rate plus 2.25% per annum or LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum. The Company will pay a fee on all outstanding letters of credit at a rate of 3.25% per annum. In addition, the Company will pay a quarterly fee at a rate of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn portion of the facility. As collateral for extension of credit under the facility, the Company granted security interests in substantially all of its assets and those of one of its subsidiaries. The agreement for the credit facility contains customary representations and warranties and subjects the Company to affirmative and negative covenants. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not drawn on, or issued any letters of credit under, the credit facility.
8. SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM
On September 16, 2021, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $25 million of the Company’s common stock through August 10, 2022. Repurchases may be made from time to time on the open market at prevailing prices or in negotiated transactions off the market. The share repurchase program does not obligate the Company to repurchase any particular amount of its shares. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not repurchased any shares under this program.
9. REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives the majority of its revenue from subscription fees paid for access to and usage of its SaaS solutions for a specified contract term. A customer typically pays a recurring subscription fee based on a specified minimum amount of gross merchandise value (GMV) or advertising spend that the customer expects to process through the Company's platform. Subscription fees may also include implementation fees such as launch assistance and training fees. The remaining portion of a customer's fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV or advertising spend processed through the Company's platform in excess of the customer's specified minimum GMV or advertising spend amount. In most cases, the specified percentage of excess GMV or advertising spend on which the variable fee is based is fixed and does not vary depending on the amount of the excess. Subscription fees are billed in advance of the subscription term and are due in accordance with contract terms, which generally provide for payment within 30 days. Variable fees are subject to the same payment terms, although they are generally billed at the end of the period in which they are incurred. The Company also generates revenue from its solutions that allow brands to direct potential consumers from their websites and digital marketing campaigns to authorized resellers. The majority of the Company's contracts have a one year term. The Company's contractual arrangements include performance, termination and cancellation provisions, but do not provide for refunds. Customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of the Company's software at any time. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue.
Customers may subscribe to the Company's SaaS solutions on a self-service or managed-service basis. Self-service subscriptions allow the customer to manage their own activity on the platform. Launch services are also available, although they are not required for the customer to access the platform. Revenue from self-service subscriptions, including subscription fees and fees associated with any elected launch services, is recognized ratably over the subscription term, which is typically one year, beginning on the date the customer has access to the platform. Managed-service subscriptions offer the customer an outsourced, managed platform experience. Implementation services are included with managed-service subscriptions and are necessary to launch on the platform. Revenue from managed-service subscriptions, including subscription fees and fees associated with implementation services, is recognized ratably over the subscription term, which is typically one year, beginning once implementation services are complete.
As noted above, customers incur variable fees when the GMV or the advertising spend processed through the platform exceeds the GMV or advertising spend included in their subscriptions. In general, revenue from variable fees is recognized in the period in which the related GMV or advertising spend is processed through the platform.
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Company's customers are categorized as follows:
72

Retailers. The Company generally categorizes a customer as a retailer if it primarily focuses on selling third-party products.
Brands. The Company generally categorizes a customer as a brand if it primarily focuses on selling its own proprietary products.
Other. Other is primarily comprised of strategic partnerships.
The following table summarizes revenue disaggregation by customer type for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021 Percentage of Total 2020 Percentage of Total 2019 Percentage of Total
Retailers 89,773  53.5  % 87,704  60.5  % 84,316  64.9  %
Brands 66,622  39.7  % 47,999  33.1  % 38,470  29.6  %
Other 11,334  6.8  % 9,369  6.5  % 7,173  5.5  %
$ 167,729  $ 145,072  $ 129,959 
Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations
Customers may elect to purchase a subscription to multiple modules, multiple modules with multiple service levels, or, for certain of the Company's solutions, multiple brands or geographies. The Company evaluates such contracts to determine whether the services to be provided are distinct and accordingly should be accounted for as separate performance obligations. If the Company determines that a contract has multiple performance obligations, the transaction price, which is the total price of the contract, is allocated to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price method. The Company estimates standalone selling price based on observable prices in past transactions for which the product offering subject to the performance obligation has been sold separately. As the performance obligations are satisfied, revenue is recognized as discussed above.
Transaction Price Allocated to Future Performance Obligations
As the Company typically enters into contracts with customers for a twelve-month subscription term, a substantial majority of its performance obligations that have not yet been satisfied as of December 31, 2021 are part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or less. For contracts with an original expected duration of greater than one year, the aggregate transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied performance obligations was $41.7 million as of December 31, 2021, of which $25.1 million is expected to be recognized as revenue over the next twelve months.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue generally represents the unearned portion of subscription fees. Deferred revenue is recorded when fees are invoiced in advance of performance. Deferred amounts are generally recognized within one year. Deferred revenue is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under "Total current liabilities," net of any long-term portion that is included in "Other long-term liabilities." The following table summarizes deferred revenue activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Balance, beginning of period Net additions Revenue recognized from deferred revenue Balance, end of period
Deferred revenue $ 23,301  138,931  (131,364) $ 30,868 
Of the $167.7 million of revenue recognized in the year ended December 31, 2021, $20.9 million was included in deferred revenue at January 1, 2021.
Costs to Obtain Contracts
The Company capitalizes sales commissions and a portion of other incentive compensation costs that are directly related to obtaining customer contracts and that would not have been incurred if the contract had not been obtained. These costs are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and are classified as "Prepaid expenses and other current assets," net of any long-term portion that is included in "Deferred contract costs, net of current portion." As of December 31, 2021, $9.0
73

million was included in "Prepaid expenses and other current assets." Deferred contract costs are amortized to sales and marketing expense over the expected period of benefit, which the Company has determined to be five years based on the estimated customer relationship period. The following table summarizes deferred contract cost activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Balance, beginning of period Additions
Amortized costs (1)
Balance, end of period
Deferred contract costs $ 21,333  14,776  (9,150) $ 26,959 
(1) Includes contract costs amortized to sales and marketing expense during the period and the impact from foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
10. INCOME TAXES
The components of income before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (in thousands):
2021 2020 2019
Domestic $ 20,301  $ 18,176  $ 1,994 
Foreign (2,236) 1,092  2,177 
Total income before income taxes $ 18,065  $ 19,268  $ 4,171 
The provision for income tax (benefit) expense included the following for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021 2020 2019
Current:
Federal $ —  $ (10) $ (10)
State 268  460  — 
Foreign 59  32  168 
Total 327  482  158 
Deferred:
Federal (26,962) —  — 
State (2,424) (18)
Foreign (91) (42) 549 
Total (29,477) (39) 531 
Total tax (benefit) expense $ (29,150) $ 443  $ 689 
Additionally, the Company recorded $0.1 million of foreign deferred income tax expense, $(0.1) million of foreign deferred income tax benefit, and $0.1 million of foreign current income tax expense in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company accounts for the global intangible low taxed income inclusion as a period cost.
74

The components of the Company's net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands): 
2021 2020
Deferred tax assets:
Domestic tax loss carryforwards $ 25,950  $ 27,651 
Foreign tax loss carryforwards 9,970  7,596 
Stock-based compensation 2,938  3,092 
Tax credits 5,145  4,345 
Operating lease liability 1,197  2,277 
Other assets 2,750  3,010 
Valuation allowance (5,639) (35,393)
Total deferred tax assets 42,311  12,578 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed assets 1,128  1,000 
Intangible assets 1,147  1,395 
Capitalized contract costs 6,825  5,242 
Right of use assets 762  1,840 
Other liabilities 114  21 
Total deferred tax liabilities 9,976  9,498 
Net deferred tax asset $ 32,335  $ 3,080 
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $107.1 million and $110.3 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2026. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had state NOL carryforwards of $130.1 million and $136.5 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2022. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had U.S. federal income tax credit carryforwards of $6.9 million and $5.9 million, respectively, which expire beginning in 2034. The utilization of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to limitation under the rules regarding a change in stock ownership as defined under the Internal Revenue Code and state and foreign tax laws. The Company assesses potential limitations periodically throughout the year. The Company has determined that an immaterial portion of its tax attribute carryforwards will be unavailable due to these limitations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company also had foreign NOL carryforwards for use against future tax in those jurisdictions of $40.8 million and $36.6 million, respectively. The majority of the Company's foreign NOLs can be carried forward indefinitely.
A valuation allowance has been recognized to offset deferred tax assets, primarily attributable to NOL carryforwards that the Company has determined are not more likely than not to be realized. The Company reversed most of the valuation allowance recorded against its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021. Given the Company's recent history of earnings, current earnings and anticipated future earnings, the Company concluded that there is sufficient positive evidence available to reach a conclusion that a significant portion of the valuation allowance is no longer needed. The release of the valuation allowance resulted in the recognition of certain deferred tax assets and a decrease to income tax expense of $29.4 million resulting in a tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2021. Worldwide, there were net decreases in the valuation allowance of $29.8 million and $3.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, that were allocable to operations.
Generally, undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested offshore and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal, state or foreign income taxes has been provided thereon. In the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company determined that the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiary located in China are no longer permanently reinvested. Accordingly, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability for this temporary difference. The amount of the deferred tax liability is nominal for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of the Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0.9 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The determination of the deferred tax liability, which requires complex analysis of international tax situations related to repatriation, is not practicable at this time. The Company is funding the working capital needs of its foreign operations through its U.S. operations. In the future, the Company will utilize any foreign undistributed earnings, as well as continued funding from its U.S. operations, to support its continued investment in foreign growth.
75

A reconciliation of the difference between the effective income tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:
2021 2020 2019
U.S. statutory federal rate 21.0  % 21.0  % 21.0  %
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
State taxes, net of federal benefit 4.6  3.9  3.7 
Nondeductible expenses and excludable income (0.5) (0.4) 1.6 
Effect of foreign tax rate differential (0.3) (0.2) 2.3 
Uncertain tax positions 1.7  1.8  4.9 
Research and development credit (5.9) (4.8) (24.8)
Change in valuation allowance (165.0) (17.0) (12.0)
Expiration of NOL carryforwards 0.8  0.7  4.0 
Stock-based compensation (15.6) (0.9) 6.4 
Change in statutory tax rates (3.1) (2.3) 4.0 
Other 0.9  0.5  5.4 
Effective tax rate (161.4) % 2.3  % 16.5  %
The Company's effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 is lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to the reversal of the valuation allowance on U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets. The Company's effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are lower than the U.S. federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to operating losses which are subject to a valuation allowance. In some U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions, the Company cannot recognize the tax benefit of operating loss carryforwards generated due to uncertainties relating to future taxable income in those jurisdictions in terms of both its timing and its sufficiency, which would enable the Company to realize the benefits of those carryforwards. The primary reason for the variance in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, is the reversal of the valuation allowance on the U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets in the year ended December 31, 2021. Additionally, the variance in the effective tax rates and their components for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019 is partially attributable to the variance in income before income taxes between the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.
The Company accounts for uncertain tax provisions in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740-10, Income Taxes ("ASC 740-10"). This guidance provides a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return.
The following table shows the changes in unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with ASC 740-10 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021 2020 2019
Balance as of January 1, $ 1,923  $ 1,601  $ 1,408 
Increases related to current tax positions 275  281  183 
Increases related to prior year tax positions 19  150  20 
Decreases related to prior year tax positions (33) (109) (10)
Balance as of December 31, $ 2,184  $ 1,923  $ 1,601 
Although the ultimate timing of the resolution and/or closure of audits is highly uncertain, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that a de minimis amount of unrecognized tax benefits could reverse in the next twelve months.
With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for tax periods 2017 and prior, although tax attributes generated before 2018 that are carried forward into 2018 and future years may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examination in foreign tax jurisdictions for tax periods 2016 and prior. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities.
76

11. EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
In May 2013, the Company's board of directors adopted, and the Company's stockholders approved, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, pursuant to which the Company initially reserved 1,250,000 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The 2013 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to employees, and for the grant of nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to the Company's employees, directors, and non-employee third parties. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2014 through January 1, 2023, by 5% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by the Company's board of directors. Accordingly, on January 1, 2022 the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan increased by 1,509,429 shares. As of December 31, 2021, 4,692,186 shares remained available for future grant under the 2013 Plan. As a result of the adoption of the 2013 Plan, no further grants may be made under the former 2001 Stock Plan.
In February 2020, the Company's Compensation Committee implemented changes to the equity compensation program for the Company's executive officers, whereby 50% of each executive's equity awards are granted in the form of performance-based vesting restricted stock units, or PSUs, that are eligible for vesting only if the Company achieves pre-defined targets set by the Compensation Committee for the Company's combined year-over-year revenue growth and adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, margin over a two-year measurement period, subject to the executive's continued service with the Company. Vesting of the PSU awards is based on a sliding scale of actual performance against the pre-defined goals. The sliding scale ranges from zero vesting and forfeiture of the awards if the Company does not achieve the performance threshold, to an award of up to 150% and 200% of the target number of awards for fiscal 2020 and 2021 grants respectively, if the pre-defined maximum performance is achieved. As soon as reasonably practicable after the completion of the performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine the level of attainment of the performance goal and if the performance threshold is achieved, on the second anniversary of the grant date, subject to the executive's continued service as of that date, 50% of the earned PSU awards will vest and, on the third anniversary of the grant date, the remaining 50% of earned PSU awards will vest, subject to the executive's continued service as of that date. The Committee may make adjustments to the manner in which the achievement is determined as it deems equitable and appropriate to exclude the effect of unusual, non-recurring or infrequent matters, transactions or events affecting the Company or its consolidated financial statements; changes in accounting principles, practices or policies or in tax laws or other laws or requirements; or other similar events, matters or changed circumstances. Each adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of maintaining the intended economics of the award in light of changed circumstances to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the executive's rights with respect to the PSUs. The fair value of the PSU awards is determined using the Company's stock price on the grant date. These awards are equity classified and will be expensed over the requisite service period based on the extent to which achievement of the performance metrics is probable.
Stock-based compensation expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021 2020 2019
Cost of revenue $ 736  $ 972  $ 995 
Sales and marketing 3,423  2,792  2,385 
Research and development 2,245  2,168  1,898 
General and administrative 5,630  4,268  3,698 
$ 12,034  $ 10,200  $ 8,976 
Stock Option Awards
The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company's employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified method." Under the "simplified method," the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company used the "simplified method" due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is estimated based on the historical volatility of the
77

Company's stock. The Company assumed no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with the Company's history of not paying dividends.
The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the year ended December 31, 2019:
2019
Risk-free interest rate
1.8% - 2.5%
Expected term (years) 6.25
Expected volatility
37% - 41%
Dividend yield 0%
There were no stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The following is a summary of the option activity for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Number of
Options
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
      (in years) (in thousands)
Outstanding balance at December 31, 2020 1,703,245  $ 10.87 
Granted —  — 
Exercised (602,565) 9.53 
Forfeited —  — 
Expired (2,225) 33.53 
Outstanding balance at December 31, 2021 1,098,455  $ 11.56  5.4 $ 14,628 
Exercisable at December 31, 2021 837,283  $ 11.32  4.8 $ 11,405 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2021 1,042,564  $ 11.52  5.3 $ 13,941 
The weighted average grant date fair value for the Company's stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $4.51 per share.
The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $1.2 million, $1.5 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
The total compensation cost related to nonvested stock options not yet recognized as of December 31, 2021 was $0.2 million and will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 0.8 years.
The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $9.7 million, $2.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively.
78

Restricted Stock Units and Performance Stock Units
The following table summarizes the RSU and PSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2021:
Number of RSUs Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Number of PSUs Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Unvested as of December 31, 2020 2,060,828  $ 11.08  142,317  $ 9.27 
Granted 449,506  23.39  71,932  23.88 
Vested (806,850) 10.90  —  — 
Forfeited (218,455) 13.22  —  — 
Unvested as of December 31, 2021 1,485,029  $ 14.59  214,249  $ 14.18 
The total unrecognized compensation cost related to the unvested RSUs and PSUs as of December 31, 2021 was $7.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively, and will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.7 years and 1.5 years, respectively.
12. NET INCOME PER SHARE
The following table summarizes the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands, except share and per share data):
2021 2020 2019
Basic:
Net income $ 47,215  $ 18,825  $ 3,482 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic 29,774,172  28,616,401  27,886,278 
Basic net income per share $ 1.59  $ 0.66  $ 0.12 
Diluted:
Net income $ 47,215  $ 18,825  $ 3,482 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic 29,774,172  28,616,401  27,886,278 
Dilutive effect of:
     Stock options 587,168  383,607  167,208 
     Unvested restricted stock units 1,003,322  1,035,253  763,491 
     Unvested performance stock units 141,418  —  — 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding 31,506,080  30,035,261  28,816,977 
Diluted net income per share $ 1.50  $ 0.63  $ 0.12 
The following equity instruments have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share because the effect is anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
2021 2020 2019
Stock options 21,941  437,927  1,626,757 
Restricted stock units 105,600  60,674  278,937 
79

13. RESTRUCTURING
In the third quarter of 2019, the Company implemented a plan to reduce its expenses and align its operations with evolving business needs, or the 2019 Actions. As part of this strategic initiative, the Company reduced its global workforce by approximately 10% and discontinued its physical operations in China. As a result of the implementation of the 2019 Actions, the Company paid and recognized severance and related costs of $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019. These costs are included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):
Cost of revenue $ 238 
Sales and marketing 369 
Research and development 142 
General and administrative 560 
Other (expense) income, net 120 
$ 1,429 
14. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or CODM, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company's CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company's operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment.
Substantially all assets were held in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The following tables summarize revenue by geography and by product for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
2021 2020 2019
Revenue by geography:
Domestic $ 119,646  $ 108,556  $ 97,111 
International 48,083  36,516  32,848 
Total $ 167,729  $ 145,072  $ 129,959 
Revenue by product:
Marketplaces $ 120,821  $ 107,425  $ 95,757 
Digital marketing 26,397  21,424  19,683 
Other 20,511  16,223  14,519 
Total $ 167,729  $ 145,072  $ 129,959 
The Company's revenue from international customers based in the United Kingdom totaled $14.4 million, $12.5 million and $13.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. No other single foreign country represented more than 10% of the Company's revenue for any of the periods indicated.
15. RETIREMENT PLANS
The Company provides retirement plans whereby participants may elect to contribute a portion of their annual compensation to the plans, after complying with certain requirements and subject to certain limitations. The Company contributed an aggregate of $2.4 million, $1.9 million and $1.7 million to the plans for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
80

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer, who is our principal executive officer, and our chief financial officer, who is our principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. The term "disclosure controls and procedures," as set forth in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their attestation report, which is included in Part II, Item 8. of this Annual Report.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Not applicable.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
81

Table of Contents
PART III
We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or the 2022 Proxy Statement, with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K. Only those sections of the 2022 Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2022 Proxy Statement under the captions "Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance," "Election of Directors," and "Executive Officers."
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2022 Proxy Statement under the captions "Executive Compensation" and "Director Compensation."
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2022 Proxy Statement under the captions "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" and "Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans."
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2022 Proxy Statement under the captions "Transactions with Related Persons" and "Independence of the Board of Directors."
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2022 Proxy Statement under the caption "Ratification of Selection of Independent Auditors."
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
Description of Document
3.1
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 29, 2013).
3.2
Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2021).
82

Table of Contents
4.1
Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187865), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 9, 2013).
4.2
Description of Certain of Registrant's Securities (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2020).
2001 Stock Plan, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187865), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2013).
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2001 Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187865), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2013).
2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-188988), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 31, 2013).
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187865), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2013).
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187865), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2013).
Form of Indemnification Agreement with non-employee directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187865), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2013).
Amended and Restated Executive Severance and Change in Control Letter Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2014, by and between the Registrant and David J. Spitz (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2015).
Schedule of Compensation for Non-Employee Directors, adopted effective as of March 30, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2021).
Office Lease, dated as of August 15, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Raleigh 1 LP (as successor in interest to Duke Realty Limited Partnership) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2014).
Executive Severance and Change in Control Letter Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Diana S. Allen (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2015).
First Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of December 10, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Raleigh 1 LP (as successor in interest to Duke Realty Limited Partnership) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the SEC on February 25, 2016).
Second Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of August 25, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Raleigh 1 LP (as successor in interest to Duke Realty Limited Partnership) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018).
Third Amendment to Office Lease, dated as of April 5, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Raleigh 1 LP (as successor in interest to Duke Realty Limited Partnership). (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2018).
83

Table of Contents
Amendment to Executive Severance and Change in Control Letter Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2018, by and between the Registrant and David J. Spitz. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2019).
Amendment to Executive Severance and Change in Control Letter Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Diana S. Allen. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2019).
Executive Severance and Change in Control Letter Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Richard Cornetta, as amended on December 31, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2019).
Amended and Restated Executive Severance and Change in Control Letter Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Elizabeth Segovia (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 7, 2019).
Second Amendment to Executive Severance and Change in Control Letter Agreement, dated as of November 11, 2019, by and between the Registrant and David J. Spitz (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2020).
Form of Performance Stock Unit Grant Notice and Performance Stock Unit Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 7, 2020).
Form of Performance Stock Unit Grant Notice and Performance Stock Unit Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2021).
Credit Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2020, by and between the Registrant, as Borrower, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as Lender (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-35940), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2020).
Office Lease, dated as of December 20, 2021, by and between the Registrant and SVT Perimeter Six, L.P.
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
Power of Attorney (contained on signature page hereto).
Certification of Principal Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
101.INS* Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File as its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104* Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
84

Table of Contents
 _____________________________
^ These certifications are being furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the registrant, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
* Filed herewith.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted as information required is inapplicable or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements and the related notes.
85

Table of Contents
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.



86

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By: /s/ David J. Spitz
February 10, 2022
David J. Spitz
Chief Executive Officer
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Richard F. Cornetta and Kathy F. Twiddy, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ChannelAdvisor Corporation, and any or all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature Title Date
/s/ David J. Spitz
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
February 10, 2022
David J. Spitz
/s/ Richard F. Cornetta
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
February 10, 2022
Richard F. Cornetta
/s/ Timothy J. Buckley Director February 10, 2022
Timothy J. Buckley
/s/ Joseph L. Cowan Director February 10, 2022
Joseph L. Cowan
/s/ Janet R. Cowell Director February 10, 2022
Janet R. Cowell
/s/ Linda M. Crawford Director February 10, 2022
Linda M. Crawford
/s/ Marshall A. Heinberg Director February 10, 2022
Marshall A. Heinberg
/s/ Himanshu S. Palsule Director February 10, 2022
Himanshu S. Palsule
/s/ Timothy V. Williams Director February 10, 2022
Timothy V. Williams
/s/ M. Scot Wingo Director February 10, 2022
M. Scot Wingo
87
Exhibit 10.22
OFFICE LEASE
THIS OFFICE LEASE is executed this _____ day of December, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and between SVT PERIMETER SIX, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).
ARTICLE 1 - LEASE OF PREMISES
Section 1.01. Basic Lease Provisions and Definitions.
(a)    Leased Premises (shown outlined on Exhibit A attached hereto): the entire sixth (6th) floor (as depicted on said Exhibit A) of the building commonly known as “Perimeter Six” (the “Building”), located at 1010 Sync Street, Morrisville, North Carolina, within Perimeter Park (the “Park”).
(b)    Rentable Area: Relative to the Leased Premises, approximately 33,509 square feet on the 6th floor of the Building known as Suite 600, and relative to the Building, approximately 195,118 rentable square feet.
(c)    Tenant’s Proportionate Share: 17.17% (based on 33,509 rentable square feet within the Leased Premises divided by 195,118 rentable square feet within the Building).
(d)    Minimum Annual Rent and Monthly Rental Installments:
Time Period Minimum Annual Rent Per Square Foot Per Annum Minimum Annual Rent for Time Period Monthly Rental Installments

Months 1 – 12*
Months 13 – 24
Months 25 – 36
Months 37 – 48
Months 49 – 60
Months 61 – 72
Month 73 – 84
Month 85 – 96
Month 97 – expiration of initial Lease Term

$0.00#
$30.77
$31.62
$32.49
$33.38
$34.30
$35.24
$36.21
$37.21

 $0.00#
 $1,031,071.93
 $1,059,554.58
 $1,088,707.41
 $1,118,530.42
 $1,149,358.70
 $1,180,857.16
 $1,213,360.89
 $1,246,869.89^

$0.00#
$85,922.66
 $88,296.22
$90,725.62
 $93,210.87
$95,779.89
 $98,404.76
$101,113.41
$103,905.82^
*    “Months” refer to monthly periods commencing on the Rent Commencement Date.
#    Subject to the provisions in Section 3.01 below regarding the Abatement Period.
^    The amount shown reflects twelve (12) months. If the Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month and the final Month of the Lease Term is automatically extended to include the remaining partial calendar month following the date on which the Lease Term would otherwise expire (pursuant to Section 1.01(h) below), Tenant shall pay Minimum Annual Rent relative to such partial calendar month (at the same rate and on a prorated basis) in addition to the amount shown.

(e)    Abated Payments: $1,003,594.56 (i.e., twelve (12) months at the annualized rate of $29.95 per square foot of Rentable Area of the Leased Premises).
(f)    Base Year: 2023.     





(g)    Commencement Date: The earlier of (i) the October 1, 2022, or (ii) the date on which Tenant occupies and begins conducting business in the Leased Premises. The Commencement Date shall be confirmed by the Letter of Understanding attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit C.
(h)    Rent Commencement Date: October 1, 2022, as same may be extended for Landlord Delay pursuant to terms of Exhibit C. The Rent Commencement Date shall be confirmed by the Letter of Understanding attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit C.
(i)    Lease Term: The period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this Lease. The initial Lease Term shall begin on the Commencement Date and expire at 11:59 pm on September 30, 2031.
(j)    Security Deposit: $0.00.
(k)    Broker(s): TP Triangle, LLC representing Landlord and Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc. representing Tenant.
(l)    Permitted Use: General office use.
(m)    Address for notices and payments are as follows:
LANDLORD NOTICES TO:

Landlord:    SVT Perimeter Six, L.P.
c/o Starwood Capital Group
1255 23rd Street NW, Suite 674
Washington, DC 20037
Attention: Andres Panza

With a
copy to:    Vanderbilt Office Properties, LLC
625 W. Adams, Suite 1715
Chicago, Illinois 60601
                
With a
copy to:    Trinity Partners, LLC
3020 Carrington Mill Boulevard, Suite 425
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560

WITH PAYMENTS TO LANDLORD TO:

If by ACH or Wire:
SVT Perimeter Six, L.P.
c/o BMO Harris Bank NA
Routing # 071000288
Acct # 401-512-9






TENANT NOTICES TO:

Tenant:    ChannelAdvisor Corporation
3025 Carrington Mill Boulevard
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Attention: Kathy Twiddy

(n)    Guarantor(s): None.
(o)    Allowance: $2,848,265.00 (i.e., $85.00 per square foot of Rentable Area in the Leased Premises).
(p)    Soft Cost Allowance: $335,090.00 (i.e., $10.00 per square foot of Rentable Area in the Leased Premises), which amount is included as part of (and not in addition to) the Allowance and subject to the limitations of Exhibit B.
(q)    Test Fit Allowance: $5,026.35 (i.e., approximately $0.15 per square foot of Rentable Area in the Lease Premises), which amount is in addition to the Allowance and subject to the limitations of Exhibit B.
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A - Leased Premises
Exhibit B - Tenant Improvements
Exhibit B-1 - Base Building Condition
Exhibit C - Letter of Understanding
Exhibit D - Intentionally Deleted
Exhibit E - Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F - Memorandum
Exhibit G - Form of SNDA
Exhibit H - HVAC Specification
Exhibit I - Janitorial Specification
Exhibit J - Superior Rights
Exhibit K - Food Truck Requirements

Section 1.02. Lease of Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Leased Premises, under the terms and conditions herein, together with a non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the following (collectively, the “Common Areas”): the areas of the Building and the underlying land and improvements thereto owned by Landlord that are designed for use in common by all tenants of the Building and their respective employees, agents, customers, invitees and others. In connection with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises and Common Areas, Landlord shall make the following Park amenities available for use by Tenant only if and to the extent Landlord has the right to make the same available to tenants of the Building, subject to the terms of the applicable documentation governing use of same, from time to time (including, without limitation, charges applicable to the use of same): fitness center, conference facilities, café and walking trails.





Section 1.03.    Measurement; Remeasurement. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Final Documents evidencing substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, will cause a third party architect to measure the rentable square footage, usable square footage, and resulting Rentable Area of the Leased Premises (with the usable square footage to be measured in accordance with the then-current BOMA standards, and the Rentable Area being calculated by applying a core factor of sixteen percent (16%)) and submit the findings to Tenant. The parties shall use good faith efforts to agree upon the usable square footage of the Leased Premises within ten (10) business days following the submission of such findings to Tenant. In the event that the parties cannot agree upon the usable square footage within the ten (10) business day period referenced in the preceding sentence, either party shall be entitled to submit the matter to an unaffiliated third party architect reasonably selected by such submitting party (which architect and his or her current or former firm shall not have done business with Landlord or Tenant or their respective principals in the prior three (3) years, unless approved, in writing by the non-submitting party) (the “Arbitration Architect”), with the decision of the Arbitration Architect being binding on the parties. Promptly following the parties’ mutual agreement or the determination by the Arbitration Architect, as applicable, the parties shall enter into an amendment to this Lease confirming any revisions to the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises and all calculations in this Lease that are dependent thereon (e.g., Minimum Annual Rent, Allowance, etc.).
ARTICLE 2 - TERM AND POSSESSION
Section 2.01. Term. The Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date, and Lease Term shall be as set forth in Sections 1.01(g), 1.01(h) and 1.01(i) above, provided however the Rent Commencement Date (as well as any other dates that may be affected by its change) may be extended in the event of a Landlord Delay (as defined in Exhibit C) subject to the terms of Exhibit C. Landlord agrees that if Tenant is not in Default, Tenant shall at all times during the Lease Term, have the peaceable and quiet enjoyment of possession of the Leased Premises without any manner of hindrance from Landlord or any persons lawfully claiming under Landlord.
Section 2.02. Construction of Tenant Improvements. Tenant has personally inspected the Leased Premises and accepts the same “AS IS” without representation or warranty by Landlord of any kind, except for latent defects in the Base Building Condition not known by Tenant or as otherwise expressly set forth herein. Tenant shall construct and install all leasehold improvements to the Leased Premises (collectively, the “Tenant Improvements”) in accordance with Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof. Promptly following the Commencement Date and the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall execute Landlord’s Letter of Understanding in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and made a part hereof, acknowledging, among other things, the actual Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date. If, within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s Letter of Understanding, Tenant fails to (i) execute and deliver same to Landlord or (ii) notify Landlord in writing of any requested revisions, all of the terms set forth in Landlord’s Letter of Understanding, including, without limitation, the dates provided therein, shall be deemed true and incorporated into this Lease.





Section 2.03. Surrender of the Leased Premises. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, immediately (a) surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord in broom-clean condition and in good order, condition and repair, (b) remove from the Leased Premises or where located (i) Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 8.01 below), (ii) all data and communications equipment, wiring and cabling (including above ceiling, below raised floors and behind walls) and (iii) any alterations required to be removed pursuant to Section 7.03 below (excluding the initial Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that any kitchen or dining improvements must be removed at Tenant’s expense), and (c) repair any damage caused by any such removal and restore the Leased Premises to the condition existing upon the Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear, damage by casualty or condemnation, and repairs and maintenance that are the responsibility of Landlord as expressly set forth in this Lease excepted. All of Tenant’s Property that is not removed within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor shall be conclusively deemed to have been abandoned and Landlord shall be entitled to dispose of such property at Tenant’s cost without incurring any liability to Tenant. This Section 2.03 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 2.04. Holding Over. If Tenant retains possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance. Tenant’s occupancy shall be subject to all the terms and provisions of this Lease, and Tenant shall (a) pay an amount (on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the holdover) equal to (1) 125% (relative to the initial three (3) months of any such holdover) or (2) 150% (relative to the period from and after the initial three (3) months of any such holdover) of the Monthly Rental Installment and 100% of the Additional Rent (as defined in Section 3.03(a)) due for the period immediately preceding the holdover; (b) if a holdover continues for more than one hundred and twenty (120) days following written notice from Landlord (which notice may be delivered at any time on or after the commencement of such holdover period), Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for (i) any payment or rent concession that Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Leased Premises (a “New Tenant”) in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant, and (ii) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding-over by Tenant; and (c) indemnify Landlord against all claims for damages by any New Tenant. No holdover by Tenant or payment by Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall be construed to extend the Lease Term or prevent Landlord from immediate recovery of possession of the Leased Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise, and this Section 2.04 shall in no way constitute consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, nor limit Landlord’s remedies in such event.
ARTICLE 3 - RENT
Section 3.01. Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Minimum Annual Rent in the Monthly Rental Installments in advance, without demand, deduction or offset, on the Rent Commencement Date and on or before the first day of each and every calendar month thereafter during the Lease Term. The Monthly Rental Installments for partial calendar months shall be prorated. Tenant shall be responsible for delivering the Monthly Rental Installments to the payment address set forth in Section 1.01(m) above in accordance with this Section 3.01.





Notwithstanding contrary provisions that may be contained in this Lease, between the Commencement Date and the date that is twelve (12) months after the Rent Commencement Date (the “Abatement Period”), Landlord will forbear the obligation of Tenant to pay Minimum Annual Rent in an amount equal to the Abated Payments (as set forth in Section 1.01(e)) and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses. The foregoing agreement by Landlord has been made relying on Tenant’s agreement to perform all of its obligations under the Lease as and when required hereby. As a result, in the event that a Default (as defined in Article 13) occurs under this Lease, in addition to Landlord’s other remedies which may be available to Landlord under this Lease or Applicable Law, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord an amount equal to the Unamortized Amount (as defined below) within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of a written invoice therefor. The term “Unamortized Amount” refers to the result obtained by multiplying the Abated Payments by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months which remain or would have remained during the Lease Term following the date of the Default, the denominator being the total number of months in the Lease Term, less the number of months in the Abatement Period. Tenant shall have the right to convert a portion of the Abated Payments up to an amount equal to $752,695.92 into Allowance by providing written notice of such election to Landlord (the “Abatement/Allowance Notice”) prior to the earlier to occur of (i) the Commencement Date, and (ii) receipt of all Final Documents (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto). Such Abatement/Allowance Notice to Landlord shall provide the exact amount of Abated Payments that is being converted to Allowance. Upon timely receipt of such Abatement/Allowance Notice by Landlord, the Allowance shall be increased, the Abated Payments shall be correspondingly decreased, and the Abatement Period shall be adjusted accordingly. For illustration purposes only, if the Tenant elects to convert $752,695.92 of Abated Payments into Allowance, the Abatement Period shall be adjusted to mean the first three (3) months of the Lease Term immediately following the Rent Commencement Date and the total Abated Payments shall be adjusted to mean $250,898.64.
Section 3.02. Annual Operating Expense Adjustment Definitions.
(a)    “Annual Operating Expense Adjustment” shall mean the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses for a particular calendar year.





(b)    “Operating Expenses” shall mean the amount of all of Landlord’s costs and expenses paid or incurred in operating, repairing, replacing and maintaining the Building and the Common Areas in good, first-class condition and repair for a particular calendar year (including, in the event that the Building is less than fully leased and occupied, all additional costs and expenses that Landlord reasonably determines that it would have paid or incurred during such year if the Building had been fully leased and occupied; furthermore, if the Building’s occupancy is deemed substantially full in any calendar year, all costs and expenses paid or incurred during that year will be recoverable from the tenants of the Building), including by way of illustration and not limitation, the following: all Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined), insurance premiums and deductibles; water, sewer, electrical and other utility charges other than the separately billed electrical and other charges paid by Tenant as provided in this Lease (or other tenants in the Building); service and other charges incurred in the repair, replacement, operation and maintenance of the elevators and the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system; costs associated with providing fitness, conference or food service facilities, if any; cleaning and other janitorial services; tools and supplies; repair costs; landscape maintenance costs; access patrols; license, permit and inspection fees; management fees (which shall not exceed 4% of the gross rents for the Building); administrative fees; supplies, costs, wages and related employee benefits payable for the management, maintenance and operation of the Building; maintenance, repair and replacement of the driveways, parking and sidewalk areas (including snow and ice removal), landscaped areas, and lighting; costs paid or incurred by Landlord in bringing the Building or the Common Areas into compliance with Applicable Laws (as defined in Section 5.02(a)) enacted after the effective date of this Lease; and maintenance and repair costs, dues, fees and assessments incurred under any covenants or charged by any owners association, all of the forgoing as may be limited by the terms of this Lease. The cost of any Operating Expenses that are capital in nature shall be amortized over the useful life of the improvement (as reasonably determined by Landlord), and only the amortized portion shall be included in Operating Expenses. In the event Landlord changes a policy by adding a service to the Building that was not provided in the Base Year, there shall be an assumed charge added to the Base Year calculation for purposes of that service (for example, in the event Landlord adds a full time, dedicated security guard to the Building following the Base Year, there shall be an assumed cost of such security guard added to the calculation of the Base Year amount). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include the following:
(i)    costs incurred in connection with or directly related to Landlord’s initial construction and development of the Building and the Park;

(ii)    legal and other fees, so-called “take over” or “buy-out” obligations, advertising expenses, and other costs incurred in connection with the original leasing of the Building or Park, or future releasing of the Building or Park or disputes with tenants;

(iii)    any items not otherwise excluded to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance (or would have been reimbursed by insurance if Landlord had carried the insurance required by this Lease) or otherwise compensated, including direct reimbursement by any tenant;

(iv)    a bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss, or any other reserve for anticipated future expenses;

(v)    costs representing amounts paid to an affiliate of Landlord for services or materials that are materially in excess of the amounts that would have been paid in the absence of such relationship;

(vi)    all interest or penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay any costs as the same become due, except resulting from the failure of Tenant to pay rent in a timely manner;






(vii)    the costs incurred to test, survey, cleanup, contain, abate, remove, or otherwise remedy asbestos-containing materials or other materials from the Building or Common Areas that have been classified as “Hazardous Substances” under Environmental Laws (as defined under Section 15.01(a) of the Lease) as of the date of this Lease;

(viii)    all ground lease rent payable by Landlord;

(ix)    rentals for items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of permanent systems or in the event of an emergency) that, if purchased rather than rented, would constitute a capital item that is specifically excluded (excluding, however, equipment not affixed to the Building that is used in providing janitorial or similar services);

(x)    costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenants’ or other occupants’ improvements in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building;

(xi)    depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as provided herein and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the items shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life;

(xii)    marketing costs including, without limitation, leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building;

(xiii)    expenses in connection with services or other benefits that are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but that are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building free of charge;

(xiv)    costs incurred by Landlord due to (A) the violation by Landlord or any tenant other than Tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building or (B) disputes by and among Landlord or any other tenant or the Building or lenders for the Building;

(xv)    interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building;

(xvi)    Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general corporate administrative expenses;






(xvii)    the cost of any electric power used by any tenant in the Building for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company or of which any tenant is separately metered or submetered and pays Landlord directly; provided, however, that if any tenant in the Building contracts directly for electric power service or is separately metered or submetered during any portion of the relevant period, the total electric power costs for the Building shall be “grossed up” to reflect what those costs would have been had each tenant in the Building used the Building-standard amount of electric power;

(xviii)    services and utilities provided and costs incurred in connection with the operation of any retail and restaurant operations in the Building (if any), except to the extent the square footage of such operations are included in the rentable square feet of the Building and do not exceed the services and utility costs which would have been incurred had the retail and/or restaurant space been used for general office purposes;

(xix)    tax penalties and late charges incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to make payments and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due;

(xx)    costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

(xxi)    costs arising from defects in the base, shell or core of the Building parking areas or improvements installed by Landlord or the repair thereof;

(xxii)    costs for sculpture, paintings or other objects of art;

(xxiii)    costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement judgments and payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims, litigation or arbitrations pertaining to Landlord and/or the Building that are not associated with Landlord’s reasonable, good faith attempts to reduce a component of Operating Expenses;

(xxiv)    costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity that constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Building including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), and costs of syndicating;

(xxv)    costs incurred in connection with causing the Building to comply with handicap, life, fire and safety codes or other Applicable Laws in effect prior to the Effective Date;

(xxvi)    salaries, wages or other compensation paid to officers or executives of Landlord above the level of portfolio manager for the Park in their respective capacities;

(xxvii)    costs arising from earthquake insurance to the extent coverage exceed the coverage carried by landlord of other buildings comparable to the Building;

(xxviii)    federal and state income and franchise taxes of Landlord or any other such taxes not in the nature of real estate taxes, except taxes on rent which shall be paid directly by Tenant or included in Operating Expenses; and






(xxix)    any reserves for future expenditures not yet incurred.

(c)    “Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses” shall mean an amount equal to the product of Tenant’s Proportionate Share multiplied by an amount equal to (i) Operating Expenses incurred during or properly chargeable to the calendar year in question, less (ii) Operating Expenses incurred during or properly chargeable to the Base Year, provided that such amount shall not be less than zero.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, commencing with calendar year 2024 and each calendar year during the initial Lease Term thereafter, it is understood and agreed that for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses in any calendar year during the initial Lease Term (for purposes of this Section, the “Remaining Term”), the maximum amount of Controllable Operating Expenses (as defined below) included in Operating Expenses for any calendar year from and after 2024 during the Remaining Term shall be limited to the actual amount of Controllable Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord on account of or in calendar year 2023 (annualized to reflect charges that would have been incurred for an entire calendar year), increased on a cumulative, compounding basis at five percent (5%) per annum through the applicable calendar year. Commencing with the second full calendar year of any renewal or extension term exercised by Tenant hereunder and each calendar year during such renewal or extension term (for purposes of this Section, the “Remaining Applicable Renewal Term”), the maximum amount of Controllable Operating Expenses included in Operating Expenses for any calendar year from and after the first full calendar year during the applicable renewal or extension term during the Remaining Applicable Renewal Term shall be limited to the actual amount of Controllable Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord on account of or in such first full calendar year during the applicable renewal or extension term, increased on a cumulative, compounding basis at five percent (5%) per annum through the applicable calendar year. Tenant shall remain fully liable in each year for the whole amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses that are not Controllable Operating Expenses. In the event that the cap applies to limit Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses attributable to Controllable Operating Expenses for any calendar year, the excluded amount shall be carried forward to succeeding calendar years and recaptured by Landlord so long as the foregoing limit on the increase in the portion of Operating Expenses attributable to Controllable Operating Expenses is not exceeded in any such succeeding year such that amounts that could not be included in Operating Expenses during such prior years may be re-captured by Landlord. For the purposes of this Section, “Controllable Operating Expenses” means all Operating Expenses exclusive of charges for administration/management fees, security, utilities, insurance, compliance with Applicable Laws going into effect following the Commencement Date, taxes and assessments, snow and ice removal, increases in minimum wage which directly affect operating expenses, and storm-related cleanup.
(d)    “Real Estate Taxes” shall mean any form of real estate tax or assessment or service payments in lieu thereof, any state franchise taxes assessed on tangible property, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or other similar charge or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Building or Common Areas, or against Landlord’s business of leasing the Building, by any authority having the power to so charge or tax, together with costs and expenses of contesting the validity or amount of the Real Estate Taxes. The amount included in Operating Expenses for Real Estate Taxes for the Base Year will be the amount of Real Estate Taxes that would be incurred if the Building had been fully occupied and fully assessed for the entire calendar year.





Section 3.03. Payment of Additional Rent.
(a)    Any amount required to be paid by Tenant hereunder (in addition to Minimum Annual Rent) and any charges or expenses incurred by Landlord on behalf of Tenant under the terms of this Lease shall be considered “Additional Rent” payable in the same manner and upon the same terms and conditions as the Minimum Annual Rent reserved hereunder, except as set forth herein to the contrary. Any failure on the part of Tenant to pay such Additional Rent when and as the same shall become due shall entitle Landlord to the remedies available to it for non-payment of Minimum Annual Rent.
(b)    In addition to the Minimum Annual Rent specified in this Lease, commencing as of January 1, 2024, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent for the Leased Premises, in each calendar year or partial calendar year during the Lease Term, an amount equal to the Annual Operating Expense Adjustment for such calendar year. Landlord shall estimate the Annual Operating Expense Adjustment annually, and written notice thereof shall be given to Tenant prior to the beginning of each calendar year. Tenant shall pay to Landlord each month, at the same time the Monthly Rental Installment is due, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated Annual Operating Expense Adjustment. Tenant shall be responsible for delivering the Additional Rent to the payment address set forth in Section 1.01(l) above in accordance with this Section 3.03. If Operating Expenses increase during a calendar year, Landlord may increase the estimated Annual Operating Expense Adjustment during such year by giving Tenant written notice to that effect, and thereafter Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in each of the remaining months of such year, an amount equal to the amount of such increase in the estimated Annual Operating Expense Adjustment divided by the number of months remaining in such year. Within a reasonable time after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a statement showing the actual Annual Operating Expense Adjustment. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the aforementioned statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, or Landlord shall credit against the next rent payment or payments due from Tenant, as the case may be, the difference between the actual Annual Operating Expense Adjustment for the preceding calendar year and the estimated amount paid by Tenant during such year. This Section 3.03 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 3.04. Late Charges. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall incur certain additional unanticipated administrative and legal costs and expenses if Tenant fails to pay timely any payment required hereunder. Therefore, in addition to the other remedies available to Landlord hereunder, if any payment required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall become overdue, such unpaid amount shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the prime rate of interest, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (the “Prime Rate”), plus four percent (4%) per annum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, relative to the first (1st) failure to timely pay such sums in any twelve (12) month period, no late charge shall be due and payable if Tenant makes full payment within five (5) business days after receipt of written notice of such delinquency (i.e., Landlord shall not be required to provide written notice of delinquency more than one (1) time in any twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term).





Section 3.05. Audit Rights. Tenant shall have the right to inspect records of Landlord which are reasonably necessary for Tenant to conduct a review of the Operating Expenses for the Base Year and for each calendar year thereafter. Landlord shall make such records for the Base Year and each calendar year thereafter available to Tenant and its representatives electronically or during normal business hours at the office of the property manager designated by Landlord (which shall be within a reasonable vicinity of the Building). Subject to the foregoing, any such inspection shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) such inspection must be commenced within one hundred and eighty (180) days following Tenant’s receipt of an Annual Operating Expense Adjustment (or Tenant’s right to such inspection shall be waived) except that for the Operating Statement for the Base Year, such inspection must be commenced within one hundred eighty (180) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Operating Statement for the second (2nd) calendar year after the Base Year, and only one (1) such inspection may be performed with respect to any calendar year, (ii) Tenant shall provide Landlord with at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice of such inspection, (iii) any such inspection shall be performed on a non-contingency basis, (iv) any such inspection shall be conducted at the office of the property manager designated by Landlord and shall be conducted during normal business hours, (v) any such inspection shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant (provided, however, that if Tenant’s inspection (or the below audit) reveals that Tenant has been overcharged by more than four percent (4%), then (a) Landlord shall pay up to $2,000.00 of Tenant’s reasonable third party costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with such review) and (b) Tenant shall be entitled to inspect and review Operating Expenses for any of the immediately preceding three (3) calendar years to the extent same have not been previously inspected, notwithstanding the limitations otherwise set forth in sub-section (i) above, (vi) in no event shall Tenant’s rights hereunder relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay all amounts due as and when provided in this Lease, (vii) Tenant agrees that it will not disclose, but will keep in strict confidence, the information furnished to Tenant by Landlord, but nothing herein shall prohibit Tenant from making such disclosures as necessary to Tenant’s employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, subtenants (and prospective subtenants) and assignees (and prospective assignees) and otherwise as necessary to prosecute its claim or to comply with Applicable Laws; and (viii) in no event shall Tenant be entitled to conduct such inspection if Tenant is then in Default with respect to its obligations under this Lease. In the event Landlord disputes the results of Tenant’s inspection, and the parties cannot in good faith agree upon the actual applicable charges, such matter shall be submitted to an independent certified public accountant mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, whose determination of the actual charges shall be binding. The cost of such independent audit shall be borne by the party whose determination of Operating Expenses was further from the determination made by the independent auditor. Following the final resolution of Tenant’s inspection, Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Landlord shall credit Tenant’s account (or, if such adjustment occurs at the end of the Lease Term, pay to Tenant), as the case may be, within thirty (30) days of the final resolution, the amount of any excess or deficiency. This Section 3.05 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease.





ARTICLE 4 -– INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
ARTICLE 5 - OCCUPANCY AND USE
Section 5.01. Use. Tenant shall use the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use and for no other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord.
Section 5.02. Covenants of Tenant Regarding Use.
(a)    Tenant shall (i) use and maintain the Leased Premises and conduct its business thereon in a safe, careful, reputable and lawful manner, (ii) comply with all covenants that encumber the Building and all laws, rules, regulations, codes, orders, ordinances, directions and requirements of any governmental authority or agency, now in force or which may hereafter be in force, including, without limitation, those which shall impose upon Landlord or Tenant any duty with respect to or triggered by a change in the use or occupation of, or any improvement or alteration to, the Leased Premises (collectively, “Applicable Laws”), and (iii) comply with and obey all reasonable directions, rules and regulations of Landlord, including the Building Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit E and made a part hereof, as may be modified from time to time by Landlord on reasonable notice to Tenant and so long as such modifications do not materially, adversely affect Tenant’s ability to (i) operate for the Permitted Use within the Leased Premises or (ii) access the Leased Premises. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies of any notices it receives regarding an alleged violation of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to perform capital improvements at its sole expense unless required to comply with Applicable Laws relating to the Leased Premises solely as a result of Tenant’s particular use or manner of use or improvements or alterations installed by Tenant.
(b)    Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises that will in any way cause a nuisance, obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure or annoy them. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any of Landlord’s directions, rules and regulations, but agrees that any enforcement thereof shall be done uniformly. Tenant shall not use the Leased Premises, nor allow the Leased Premises to be used, for any purpose or in any manner that would (i) invalidate any policy of insurance now or hereafter carried by Landlord on the Building, or (ii) increase the rate of premiums payable on any such insurance policy unless Tenant reimburses Landlord for any increase in premium charged.





Section 5.03. Landlord’s Rights Regarding Use. Without limiting any of Landlord’s rights specified elsewhere in this Lease (a) Landlord shall have the right at any time, without notice to Tenant, to control, change or otherwise alter the Common Areas in such manner as it deems necessary or proper so long as any such control, change or alteration does not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s ability to operate for the Permitted Use within the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use, or prevent Tenant’s ability to access its allotment of parking spaces granted pursuant to Section 16.11 below and (b) Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors and any mortgagee of the Building shall have the right to enter any part of the Leased Premises, unescorted, at reasonable times upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (except in the event of an emergency or for routine repairs, maintenance, or other services that Landlord is required to provide hereunder, in which case no notice shall be required) for the purposes of examining or inspecting the same (including, without limitation, testing to confirm Tenant’s compliance with this Lease), showing the same to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or, during the final twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, tenants, and making such repairs, alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises or the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. Landlord shall incur no liability to Tenant for such entry (unless resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors), nor shall such entry constitute an eviction of Tenant or a termination of this Lease or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent therefor. In addition, Landlord has the right at any time to (i) change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known, or (ii) alter the Building to change the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building without any such acts constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant, so long as such changes do not deny Tenant reasonable access to the Leased Premises. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises during the making of such changes or alterations or entry to the Lease Premises, provided that Landlord shall have no obligation to employ contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates or to incur any other overtime costs or additional expenses whatsoever.
Section 5.04. Food Trucks. In addition, Tenant shall be entitled, upon at least seventy-two (72) hours’ prior written notice to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to coordinate food trucks and similar food vendors to the Building initially in the location shown on Exhibit K attached hereto, or in such other location designated by Landlord from time to time, and in accordance with reasonable requirements and restrictions imposed by Landlord from time to time. Any such food truck or food vendor operating on the Land at the invitation of Tenant shall be deemed a contractor of Tenant for all purposes under this Lease and shall provide to Landlord original certificates (in form and amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) evidencing the insurance requirements set forth on Exhibit K attached hereto and naming Landlord as an additional insured prior to entering the Land. If any food truck is deemed by Landlord to have unreasonably loud generators or otherwise emanates objectionable noise, odors, fumes, dust or vapors, Landlord will reserve the right to relocate or remove said food trucks and/or impose additional requirements on said food trucks so as not to disturb other occupants of the Building or Land.





ARTICLE 6 - UTILITIES AND OTHER BUILDING SERVICES
Section 6.01. Services to be Provided. Landlord shall at all times operate the Building in a manner consistent with other comparable first class, suburban office buildings located in the RTP/Airport submarket (“Comparable Buildings”). Provided Tenant is not in default, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant, except as noted below, the following utilities and other services to the extent reasonably necessary for Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises for the Permitted Use, or as may be required by law or directed by governmental authority:
(a)    Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning as set forth on Exhibit H between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and, upon forty-eight (48) hours prior written request from Tenant (email being sufficient), 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturday of each week except on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (“Holidays”);
(b)    Electrical current not to exceed four (4) watts per square foot;
(c)    Water in the Common Areas for lavatory and drinking purposes;
(d)    Automatic elevator service;
(e)    Cleaning and janitorial service in the Leased Premises and Common Areas in accordance with the janitorial specification attached hereto as Exhibit I on Monday through Friday of each week except Holidays; provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible for carpet cleaning other than routine vacuuming;
(f)    Washing of exterior windows at intervals reasonably established by Landlord;
(g)    Replacement of all lamps, bulbs, starters and ballasts in the Building standard lighting fixtures as required from time to time as a result of normal usage. Tenant shall be entitled to install LED lighting within the Leased Premises, but the repair and replacement of LED fixtures and the replacement of LED bulbs shall be Tenant’s responsibility;
(h)    Maintenance of the Common Areas, including the removal of rubbish, ice and snow;
(i)    Access to the Building twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, and three hundred sixty-five (365) days a year using the Security System as described in Section 16.20; and
(j)    “Drive-by” surveillance security between 6:00 p.m. and 1:00 a.m.; provided, however, that Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, to alter the times such surveillance security is provided, based on the needs in the Park. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not provide guards or other security protection for the Leased Premises and that any and all other security protection shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.





Section 6.02. Additional Services.
(a)    If Tenant requests utilities or building services in addition to those identified above, or if Tenant uses any of the above utilities or services in frequency, scope, quality or quantity substantially greater than that which Landlord determines is normally required by other tenants in the Building, then Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to attempt to furnish Tenant with such additional utilities or services. In the event Landlord is able to and does furnish such additional utilities or services, the costs thereof (which shall be deemed to mean the cost that Tenant would have incurred had Tenant contracted directly with the utility company or service provider) shall be borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord monthly for the same as Additional Rent. The cost to be charged by Landlord to Tenant hereunder for heating, ventilation and air-conditioning service used by Tenant during times other than those hours set forth in Section 6.01(a) above shall be $50.00 per hour for each floor or portion thereof which is served by such heating, ventilation and air-conditioning service (i.e., $50.00 multiplied by the number of hours multiplied by the number of floors affected), subject to increases in such hourly rate from time to time during the Lease Term to reimburse Landlord for increases in the cost to Landlord of electricity consumed in providing the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning service. Landlord shall also have the right to submeter or separately meter the Leased Premises at Tenant’s cost, and Tenant shall pay such utilities based on the submeter or separate meter.
(b)    If any lights, density of staff, machines or equipment used by Tenant in the Leased Premises materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the Building’s air-conditioning system or generate substantially more heat in the Leased Premises than that which would normally be generated by other tenants in the Building or by tenants in Comparable Buildings, then Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant, with documentation that evidences that Tenant is responsible for the issue, in which case Tenant shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to remedy such matter. If Tenant does not remedy such matter, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery or equipment that Landlord considers reasonably necessary in order to restore the temperature balance between the Leased Premises and the rest of the Building, including, without limitation, equipment that modifies the Building’s air-conditioning system. All costs expended by Landlord to install any such machinery and equipment and any additional costs of operation and maintenance in connection therewith shall be borne by Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord for the same as Additional Rent.






Section 6.03. Interruption of Services. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any one or more of the utilities or other services identified in Sections 6.01 or 6.02 or otherwise hereunder may be interrupted by reason of accident, emergency or other causes beyond Landlord’s control, or may be discontinued or diminished temporarily by Landlord or other persons until certain repairs, alterations or improvements can be made (any, a “Service Interruption”). Landlord shall make diligent efforts to repair such Service Interruptions in a timely manner. In the event Landlord temporarily discontinues or diminishes any such services, it shall endeavor to provide twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice of such intended action to Tenant. Except as provided below, Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any Service Interruption and no Service Interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or withhold sums due hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if, as a result of a Service Interruption which is not caused in whole or in part by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, guests, agents, contractors or subcontractors, Tenant’s use of all or a material portion of the Leased Premises is untenable (meaning that Tenant is unable to use, and actually does not use, such space in the normal course of its business for the Permitted Use) for more than five (5) consecutive business days (other than as necessary for business exigencies such as accessing documentation and materials, ensuring operation and/or protection of critical systems and equipment and securing confidential information and performing such functions as Tenant deems reasonably necessary for business continuity or to meet contractual obligations (collectively, “Business Exigencies”)), then Minimum Annual Rent shall abate proportionately with respect to the portion of the Leased Premises rendered untenantable on a per diem basis for each day after such five (5) business-day period during which such portion of the Leased Premises remains untenantable. Such abatement shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for Landlord’s failure to restore service as set forth above, and Tenant shall not be entitled to damages (consequential or otherwise) as a result thereof. Tenant’s abatement rights shall continue through the earlier of (i) the date the applicable condition is cured to an extent that Tenant’s use of all or a material portion of the Leased Premises is no longer materially, adversely affected or curtailed, or (ii) the date Tenant recommences occupancy of the Leased Premises (or the relevant portion thereof) for the conduct of business therein (other than Business Exigencies) or (iii) termination of this Lease. The foregoing provisions shall not apply in the event (a) the relevant circumstance or condition is the result of the wrongful acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, subtenants or contractors, (b) Tenant is in Default under the terms of this Lease, or (c) the applicable Service Interruption is caused, in whole or in part by a Casualty.
ARTICLE 7 - REPAIRS, MAINTENANCE AND ALTERATIONS
Section 7.01. Repair and Maintenance of Building. Landlord shall make all necessary repairs and replacements to the roof, exterior walls (including glass), exterior doors, exterior windows, common corridors, elevators, utility, sprinkler service and electrical and plumbing lines and air conditioning and heating systems located outside the Leased Premises but which serve the Leased Premises on a non-exclusive basis, parking areas and other Common Areas, and Landlord shall keep the Building in a clean and neat condition and in good, first-class condition and repair. The cost of such repairs, replacements and maintenance shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent provided in Section 3.02; provided however, to the extent any such repairs, replacements or maintenance are required because of the negligence, misuse or default of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, customers or invitees, or are made at the specific request of Tenant, Landlord shall make such repairs at Tenant’s sole expense, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in making such repair as Additional Rent within ten (10) days of Landlord’s delivery of applicable invoices therefor. In addition to the foregoing maintenance and repair obligations, Landlord shall repair any latent defects in workmanship or materials in the Building that adversely impact the Leased Premises or Tenant’s use thereof during the one (1) year period following the date the Commencement Date. Landlord agrees to promptly repair or replace any such latent defects during the foregoing one (1) year period provided Tenant gives Landlord written notice of such latent defect not later than the expiration of such one (1) year period.





Section 7.02. Repair and Maintenance of Leased Premises. Tenant shall keep and maintain the Leased Premises in good condition and repair, other than with respect to repairs that are Landlord’s responsibility pursuant to Section 7.01. If Tenant fails to perform such repair and maintenance obligations, beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall make such repairs or perform such maintenance at Tenant’s sole expense, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in making such repairs or performing such maintenance as Additional Rent within ten (10) days of Landlord’s delivery of applicable invoices therefor. Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations include, without limitation, repairs to: (a) floor coverings; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; (e) electronic, fiber, phone and data cabling and related equipment that is installed by or for the exclusive benefit of Tenant; and (f) all alterations performed by Tenant. Tenant shall be solely responsible for any repair or replacement with respect to Tenant’s Property (as defined in Section 8.01 below) located in the Leased Premises, the Building or the Common Areas. Nothing in this Article 7 shall obligate Landlord or Tenant to repair normal wear and tear to any paint, wall covering or carpet in the Leased Premises.
Section 7.03. Alterations. Tenant shall not permit alterations in or to the Leased Premises unless and until Landlord has approved the plans therefor in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided same are office standard alterations (in Landlord’s discretion); provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to make alterations to the Leased Premises, without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent provided that (a) such alterations do not exceed One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) in cost in any one instance; (b) such alterations are non-structural and non-mechanical in nature and do not affect or adversely impact the Buildings HVAC, plumbing or life safety systems; (c) such alterations do not require a construction permit or other similar governmental approvals; (d) Tenant provides Landlord with prior written notice of its intention to make such alterations, stating in reasonable detail the nature, extent and estimated cost of such alterations, together with the plans and specifications for the same (if the alterations are of a type for which plans and specifications are generated), to the extent applicable, and (e) at Landlord’s option, if communicated to Tenant at the time Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant wishes to make the alterations, Tenant must remove such alterations and restore the Leased Premises upon termination of this Lease. As a condition of such approval, Landlord may require Tenant to remove the alterations and restore the Leased Premises upon termination of this Lease; otherwise, all such alterations shall at Landlord’s option become a part of the realty and the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant shall have no obligation hereunder to remove the Tenant Improvements or any other alterations or improvements that have been made by Tenant with the express written consent of Landlord, unless, at the time of granting such consent, Landlord has expressly required the removal of any such proposed alterations or improvements as a condition to granting such consent. Tenant shall ensure that all alterations shall be made in accordance with all Applicable Laws, regulations and building codes, in a good and workmanlike manner and of quality equal to or better than the original construction of the Building. No person shall be entitled to any lien derived through or under Tenant for any labor or material furnished to the Leased Premises, and nothing in this Lease shall be construed to constitute Landlord’s consent to the creation of any lien. If any lien is filed against the Leased Premises for work claimed to have been done for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, Tenant shall cause such lien to be discharged of record within thirty (30) days after filing. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord from all costs, losses, expenses and attorneys’ fees in connection with any construction or alteration and any related lien. Tenant shall have the right to select its own general contractor, with Landlord’s approval, to perform all work on any future alterations to the Leased Premises.





Section 7.04. Supplemental Cooling and Fire Suppression. In the event Tenant installs and uses a supplemental HVAC system and related equipment to serve the Leased Premises in addition to the HVAC provided by Landlord under Section 6.02 above (the “Supplemental HVAC”), Tenant shall be responsible for all non-base Building costs related to any Supplemental HVAC or non-base building fire suppression systems for the Leased Premises. Tenant shall have the right to operate the Supplemental HVAC twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at its cost and expense, for the maintenance, repair and replacement (if necessary) of any Supplemental HVAC. Tenant shall operate and maintain any Supplemental HVAC in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations. In no event shall any Supplemental HVAC exhaust into the Building plenum. Tenant shall also be responsible for the actual cost incurred by Landlord for the electricity and the water, if applicable, to operate any Supplemental HVAC. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall remove any Supplemental HVAC and repair any and all damage to the Leased Premises and/or the Building caused by such removal. It is expressly understood and agreed by Landlord and Tenant that (a) Tenant shall be entitled to install the Supplemental HVAC on the roof of the Building, (b) the plans for any such installation shall be approved by Landlord in writing prior to installation, (c) Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of any such installation, and (d) the installation of any Supplemental HVAC on the roof of the Building shall be further subject to the conditions contained in Section 16.19 below relating to the roof of the Building.
Section 7.05.Compliance with Law.
(a)    Existing Governmental Regulations. If any federal, state or local laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements (collectively, “Governmental Requirements”) in existence as of the Effective Date require an alteration or modification of the Leased Premises (a “Code Modification”) and such Code Modification (i) is not made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of the Leased Premises (as distinguished from an alteration or improvement which would be required to be made by the owner of any office building comparable to the Building irrespective of the use thereof by any particular occupant), and (ii) is not made necessary as a result of any alteration of the Leased Premises by Tenant, such Code Modification shall be performed by Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.
(b)    Governmental Regulations — Landlord Responsibility. If, as a result of one or more Governmental Requirements that are not in existence as of the Effective Date, it is necessary from time to time during the Lease Term, to perform a Code Modification to the Building or the Common Areas that (i) is not made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of Leased Premises (as distinguished from an alteration or improvement which would be required to be made by the owner of any office building comparable to the Building irrespective of the use thereof by any particular occupant), and (ii) is not made necessary as a result of any alteration of the Leased Premises by Tenant, such Code Modification shall be performed by Landlord and the amortized cost thereof shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent permitted under Section 3.02, without being subject to the cap on Controllable Operating Expenses described in Section 3.02 above.
(c)    Governmental Regulations — Tenant Responsibility. If, as a result of one or more Governmental Requirements, it is necessary from time to time during the Lease Term to perform a Code Modification to the Building or the Common Areas that is made necessary as a result of the specific use being made by Tenant of the Leased Premises (as distinguished from an alteration or improvement which would be required to be made by the owner of any office building comparable to the Building irrespective of the use thereof by any particular occupant) or as a result of any alteration of the Leased Premises by Tenant, such Code Modification shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of Tenant in all respects; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to retract its request to perform a proposed alteration in the event that the performance of such alteration would trigger the requirement for a Code Modification.





ARTICLE 8 - INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE
Section 8.01. Release. All of Tenant’s trade fixtures, merchandise, inventory, special fire protection equipment, telecommunication and computer equipment, supplemental air conditioning equipment, kitchen equipment and all other personal property in or about the Leased Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, which is deemed to include the trade fixtures, merchandise, inventory and personal property of others located in or about the Leased Premises or Common Areas at the invitation, direction or acquiescence (express or implied) of Tenant (all of which property shall be referred to herein, collectively, as “Tenant’s Property”), shall be and remain at Tenant’s sole risk. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or to any other person for, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord (and its affiliates, property managers and mortgagees) from, (a) any and all liability for theft or damage to Tenant’s Property, and (b) any and all liability for any injury to Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees in or about the Leased Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, except to the extent of personal injury caused directly by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors or Landlord’s breach of this Lease. Nothing contained in this Section 8.01 shall limit (or be deemed to limit) the waivers contained in Section 8.06 below. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of Section 8.06 below and this Section 8.01, the provisions of Section 8.06 shall prevail. This Section 8.01 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 8.02. Indemnification by Tenant. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord, its trustees, members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, officers, shareholders, directors, agents, employees, licensees, invitees, representatives, property managers, mortgagees and contractors (collectively, “Landlord Related Parties”) of all tiers harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, penalties, costs, liabilities, losses, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses at the trial and appellate levels) to the extent (a) arising out of or relating to any act, omission, negligence, or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, customers or invitees in or about the Leased Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, (b) arising out of or relating to any of Tenant’s Property, or (c) arising out of any other act or occurrence within the Leased Premises, in all such cases except to the extent of personal injury caused directly by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors or Landlord’s breach of this Lease. Nothing contained in this Section 8.02 shall limit (or be deemed to limit) the waivers contained in Section 8.06 below. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of Section 8.06 below and this Section 8.02, the provisions of Section 8.06 shall prevail. This Section 8.02 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 8.03. Indemnification by Landlord. Landlord shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Tenant, its agents, employees and contractors of all tiers harmless from and against any and all claims, damages, demands, penalties, costs, liabilities, losses and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses at the trial and appellate levels) to the extent arising out of or relating to any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors or Landlord’s breach of this Lease. Nothing contained in this Section 8.03 shall limit (or be deemed to limit) the waivers contained in Section 8.06 below. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of Section 8.06 below and this Section 8.03, the provisions of Section 8.06 shall prevail. This Section 8.03 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 8.04. Tenant’s Insurance.
(a)    During the Lease Term (and any period of early entry or occupancy or holding over by Tenant, if applicable), Tenant shall maintain the following types of insurance, in the amounts specified below:





(i)    Liability Insurance. Commercial General Liability Insurance, ISO Form CG 00 01, or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises against claims for bodily injury or death or property damage, which insurance shall be primary and non-contributory and shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis with a per occurrence limit of not less than $5,000,000 for each policy year, which limit may be satisfied by any combination of primary and excess or umbrella per occurrence policies.
(ii)    Property Insurance. Special Form Insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of Tenant’s Property (including, without limitation, alterations or additions performed by Tenant pursuant hereto, including those improvements, if any, made pursuant to Section 2.02 above), which insurance shall waive coinsurance limitations.
(iii)    Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Worker’s Compensation insurance in amounts required by Applicable Law; provided, if there is no statutory requirement for Tenant, Tenant shall still obtain Worker’s Compensation insurance coverage.
(iv)    Business Interruption Insurance. Business Interruption Insurance with limits not less than an amount equal to two (2) years rent hereunder with pandemic coverage as part of business interruption so long as such coverage is available at commercially reasonable rates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may elect not to carry Business Interruption Insurance; provided, however, that in such event Tenant shall release Landlord from any and all liability arising during the Lease Term that would have been covered by such Business Interruption Insurance had Tenant elected to carry such coverage.
(v)    Automobile Insurance. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance insuring bodily injury and property damage arising from all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, if any, with minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 combined single limit, per accident.
(b)    All insurance required to be carried by Tenant hereunder shall (i) be issued by one or more insurance companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord, licensed to do business in the State of North Carolina and having an AM Best’s rating of A IX or better, and (ii) provide that said insurance shall not be materially changed, canceled or permitted to lapse on less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, and any mortgagee requested by Landlord, as additional insureds under its commercial general liability, excess and umbrella policies (but only to the extent of the limits required hereunder). On or before the Commencement Date (or the date of any earlier entry or occupancy by Tenant), and thereafter, within seven (7) days prior to the expiration of each such policy, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates of insurance in the form of ACORD 25 (or other evidence of insurance reasonably acceptable to Landlord), evidencing all required coverages, and that with the exception of Worker’s Compensation insurance, such insurance is primary and non-contributory. Upon Tenant’s receipt of a request from Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all insurance policies, including all endorsements, evidencing the coverages required hereunder. If Tenant fails to carry such insurance and furnish Landlord with such certificates of insurance or copies of insurance policies (if applicable), Landlord may obtain such insurance on Tenant’s behalf and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the cost thereof as Additional Rent. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to require Tenant to obtain higher minimum amounts or different types of insurance if it becomes customary for other landlords of similar buildings in the area to require similar sized tenants in similar businesses to carry insurance of such higher minimum amounts or of such different types.





(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant may self-insure with respect to the policies of insurance provided for in this Section 8.04, with the exception of Commercial General Liability Insurance, provided that (i) Tenant has in effect a program of “self-insurance” insuring Tenant as a named insured against such risk, which program complies with any and all Applicable Laws regarding self-insurance in the State of North Carolina, (ii) Landlord shall be reasonably satisfied as to the financial strength of Tenant as determined by the “tangible net worth” of Tenant, (iii) Tenant agrees upon Landlord’s reasonable request to provide Landlord with financial information reasonably sufficient to allow Landlord to evaluate Tenant’s tangible net worth and ability to meet the insurance criteria set forth in this Section 8.04 of the Lease, (iv) Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any loss, cost, damage, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs), claim, cause of action or liability that Landlord may incur that would have been covered by the insurance policies replaced by the self-insurance, (v) such self-insurance shall not affect the non-liability of Landlord described in this Lease, and (vi) Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and any mortgagee appears as additional covered parties on the Certificate of Coverage for liability under the self-insurance program for an amount consistent with the requirements set forth in this Section 8.04. Landlord shall have the benefits of such self-insurance to the same extent as if Tenant had otherwise obtained policies of insurance for the risks required to be insured under this Lease. For purposes hereof, “tangible net worth” is defined as the excess of the value of tangible assets (i.e., assets excluding those which are intangible such as goodwill, patents and trademarks) over liabilities. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord notice in writing of the required coverages which it is self-insuring setting forth the amount, limits and scope of the self-insurance with respect to each type of coverage self-insured. This provision is personal to ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“ChannelAdvisor”) and shall automatically terminate if all or any portion of this Lease is assigned by ChannelAdvisor unless such assignment is to a Permitted Transferee and ChannelAdvisor guarantees any insurance obligations that are self-insured by Tenant hereunder.
Section 8.05. Landlord’s Insurance. During the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain the following types of insurance, in the amounts specified below (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses):
(a)    Liability Insurance. Commercial General Liability Insurance, ISO Form CG 00 01, or its equivalent, covering the Common Areas against claims for bodily injury or death and property damage, which insurance shall be primary and non-contributory and shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis with a per occurrence limit of not less than $5,000,000 for each policy year, which limit may be satisfied by any combination of primary and excess or umbrella per occurrence policies.
(b)    Property Insurance. Special Form Insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Building, but excluding the Tenant Improvements, Tenant’s Property and any other items required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 8.04 above.
Section 8.06. Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord (and its affiliates, property managers and mortgagees) and Tenant (and its affiliates) hereby waive any rights each may have against the other on account of any loss of or damage to their respective property, the Leased Premises, its contents, or other portions of the Building or Common Areas arising from any risk which is required to be insured against by Sections 8.04(a)(ii), 8.04(a)(iii), and 8.05(b) above. The special form property insurance policies and worker’s compensation insurance policies maintained by Landlord and Tenant as provided in this Lease shall include an endorsement containing an express waiver of any rights of subrogation by the insurance company against Landlord and Tenant, as applicable.





ARTICLE 9 - CASUALTY
Section 9.01. Notice of Casualty. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord if all or any portion of the Leased Premises becomes untenantable by fire or other casualty to the Leased Premises (collectively a “Casualty”). In the event of such Casualty, Landlord, by notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the date of such Casualty, shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (1) the Leased Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than two (2) years of the Lease Term remaining on the date of the Casualty; (2) any mortgagee requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (3) a material uninsured loss to the Building or Leased Premises occurs. If this Lease is so terminated, (a) the Lease Term shall expire upon the date set forth in Landlord’s notice, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after such notice is given, and Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord no later than the date set forth in the notice, (b) Tenant’s liability for rent shall cease as of the date of the Casualty, (c) any prepaid rental amounts for any period after the date of the Casualty shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant, and (d) Landlord shall be entitled to collect all insurance proceeds of policies held by Landlord or Tenant providing coverage for alterations and other improvements to the Leased Premises. Landlord shall retain such proceeds from Tenant’s insurance only to the extent that Landlord performed or paid for covered alterations and improvements, whether by contribution, offset or otherwise, and the balance of such proceeds, if any, shall be paid to Tenant.
Section 9.02. Restoration. If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, restore the Leased Premises and Common Areas to the condition of the Building described in Exhibit B-1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (“Base Building Condition”). Tenant shall be responsible for constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements within the Leased Premises in accordance with this Exhibit B (i.e., excluding the Tenant Improvements or any alterations installed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease). Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the Casualty, except for modifications required by Applicable Laws or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be required to spend more for the restoration than the proceeds received by Landlord (or that would have been received by Landlord had it carried the insurance required hereunder). Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant occasioned by damage by fire or other casualty or the repair thereof. Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s Property, and shall not be obligated to restore or repair any damage to Tenant’s Property. Provided that Tenant is not then in default, during any period of time that all or a material portion of the Leased Premises is rendered untenantable as a result of a Casualty, rent shall abate for the portion of the Leased Premises that is untenantable and not used by Tenant. Landlord shall have the right to adapt the restoration of the Leased Premises as contemplated by this Section 9.02 to comply with Applicable Laws then in effect.





Section 9.03. Additional Termination Rights. In addition to Landlord’s rights under Section 9.01, if the Leased Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable, or if the Building is so damaged that in Landlord’s opinion, substantial alteration, demolition, or reconstruction of the Building is required (whether or not the Leased Premises are so damaged or rendered untenantable), then in either of such events, Landlord may, not later than ninety (90) days following the date of the damage, give Tenant a notice terminating this Lease. If this Lease is so terminated, (a) the Lease Term shall expire upon the date set forth in Landlord’s notice, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after such notice is given, and Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord no later than the date set forth in the notice, (b) Tenant’s liability for rent shall cease as of the date of the damage, (c) any prepaid rent for any period after the date of the damage shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant, and (d) Landlord shall be entitled to collect all insurance proceeds of policies held by Landlord or Tenant providing coverage for alterations and other improvements to the Leased Premises. Landlord shall retain such proceeds from Tenant’s insurance only to the extent that Landlord performed or paid for such alterations and improvements, whether by contribution, offset or otherwise, and the balance of such proceeds, if any, shall be paid to Tenant.
Section 9.04. Tenant Termination Rights. In the event of such Casualty, Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant written notice of its estimated time to complete any necessary repair and restoration to the Leased Premises and the Common Areas of the Building within ninety (90) days following such Casualty. In such case, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice (provided, such period shall be extended for any delays in Landlord’s delivery of the repair and restoration estimate), shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord if: (1) the Leased Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than two (2) years of the Lease Term remaining on the date of the Casualty; or (2) the Leased Premises are totally damaged or are rendered wholly untenantable, and Landlord’s estimated time to complete the repair and restoration of the Leased Premises and Common Areas is longer than two hundred ten (210) days from the date of such Casualty. In addition, Tenant, by written notice to Landlord prior to the date that Landlord actually completes the repair and restoration of the Leased Premises and Common Areas of the Building to an extent that same are tenantable by Tenant, shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord if such repair and restoration is not completed within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date Landlord delivers its repair and restoration estimate (provided, such period shall be extended for any delays incurred due to Force Majeure Matters). If this Lease is so terminated, (a) the Lease Term shall expire upon the date set forth in Tenant’s notice, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after such notice is given, and Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord no later than the date set forth in the notice, (b) Tenant’s liability for Rent shall cease as of the date of the Casualty, (c) any prepaid rental amounts for any period after the date of the Casualty shall be refunded by Landlord to Tenant, and (d) Landlord shall be entitled to collect all insurance proceeds of policies held by Landlord or Tenant providing coverage for alterations and other improvements to the Leased Premises. Landlord shall retain such proceeds from Tenant’s insurance only to the extent that Landlord performed or paid for covered alterations and improvements, whether by contribution, offset or otherwise, and the balance of such proceeds, if any, shall be paid to Tenant.





ARTICLE 10 - EMINENT DOMAIN
If all or any substantial part of the Building or Common Areas shall be acquired by the exercise of eminent domain, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant on or before the date possession thereof is so taken. If all or any part of the Leased Premises shall be acquired by the exercise of eminent domain so that the Leased Premises shall become impractical for Tenant to use for the Permitted Use, Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord as of the date possession thereof is so taken. All damages awarded shall belong to Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant may assert a separate claim for dislocation damages if such amount is not subtracted from Landlord’s award.
ARTICLE 11 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE
Section 11.01. Assignment and Sublease.
(a)    Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Leased Premises in whole or in part without Landlord’s prior written consent (and which approval shall be deemed given if Landlord does not initially respond to Tenant’s request within ten (10) business days, and such failure continues for an additional ten (10) days following receipt of a second notice from Tenant). In the event of any permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remain primarily liable hereunder. Any extension, expansion, rights of first offer, rights of first refusal or other options granted to Tenant under this Lease shall be rendered void and of no further force or effect except as may be otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease to the contrary. The acceptance of rent from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or to be a consent to the assignment of this Lease or the subletting of the Leased Premises. Any assignment or sublease consented to by Landlord shall not relieve Tenant (or its assignee) from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any subsequent assignment or sublease.
(b)    Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. By way of example and not limitation, Landlord shall be deemed to have reasonably withheld consent to a proposed assignment or sublease if in Landlord’s opinion (i) the Leased Premises are or are likely to be in any way materially adversely affected; (ii) the business reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant is not in keeping with the first-class nature of the Building; (iii) the financial worth of the proposed assignee is insufficient to meet the obligations hereunder; or (iv) the prospective assignee or subtenant is a governmental entity or is a current tenant in any building located within the Park that is then owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord or is a bona-fide third party prospective tenant with respect to the Building or another building within the Park owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord in which Landlord (or its affiliate) has comparable space available to meet the needs of the applicable prospective tenant, and from whom Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord has received a proposal or submitted a proposal to within one-hundred and eighty (180) days of the date of Tenant’s request to assign or sublease. Landlord further expressly reserves the right to refuse to give its consent to any subletting if the proposed rent is publicly advertised to be less than the then current rent for similar premises in the Building. If Landlord refuses to give its consent to any (i) proposed assignment or (ii) subletting for all or substantially all of the remaining term or for more than fifty percent (50%) of the Leased Premises, Landlord may, at its option, within thirty (30) days after receiving a request to consent, terminate this Lease (which termination, if in connection with a sublease shall apply only to the portion of the Leased Premises subject to such sublease) by giving Tenant thirty (30) days prior written notice of such termination, whereupon each party shall be released from all further obligations and liability hereunder, except those which expressly survive the termination of this Lease.





(c)    If Tenant shall make any assignment or sublease (other than to a Permitted Transferee), with Landlord’s consent, for a rental in excess of the rent payable under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any excess net rental (after deducting actual and reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant in entering into any such assignment or sublease) upon receipt. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord $1,500.00 upon demand by Landlord for reasonable accounting and attorneys’ fees incurred in conjunction with the processing and documentation of any requested assignment, subletting or any other hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant’s interest in and to the Leased Premises as consideration for Landlord’s consent.
Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 11.01 above, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, but upon notice to Landlord given within ten (10) days of the earlier to occur of consummation of the transaction or when such notice would otherwise be permissible under law and the documents pursuant to which the transaction is being consummated, to (a) sublet all or part of the Leased Premises to any related corporation or other entity which controls Tenant, is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant; (b) assign all or any part of this Lease to any related corporation or other entity which controls Tenant, is controlled by Tenant, or is under common control with Tenant, or to a successor entity into which or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or which acquires substantially all of Tenant’s assets or property; or (c) effectuate any public offering of Tenant’s stock on the New York Stock Exchange or in the NASDAQ over the counter market; provided, however, that in the event of a transfer pursuant to clause (a) or (b), after such transaction the Tenant’s tangible net worth is not less than $50,000,000; and provided further that such successor entity assumes all of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant (any such entity is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”; and any transfer to a Permitted Transferee is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transfer”). For the purpose of this Article 11 (i) “control” shall mean voting control — via legal, beneficial or equitable ownership; a voting agreement; or otherwise — of securities of (or other interest in) the organization having at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the ownership and voting power of the organization’s board of directors or comparable governing body and (ii) “tangible net worth” shall mean the excess of the value of tangible assets (i.e., assets excluding those which are intangible such as goodwill, patents and trademarks) over liabilities. Any such transfer shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations under this Lease. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to nor shall permit Tenant to transfer its interest under this Lease as part of a fraud or subterfuge to intentionally avoid its obligations under this Lease (for example, transferring its interest to a shell corporation that subsequently files a bankruptcy), and any such transfer shall constitute a Default hereunder. A change in control of Tenant resulting from a merger, consolidation, or a transfer of partnership or membership interests, a stock transfer, or any sale of substantially all of the assets of Tenant shall be deemed a Permitted Transfer if after any such transaction the tangible net worth of Tenant is not less than $50,000,000. Any change of control of Tenant that does not meet the requirements set forth herein shall be deemed an assignment or transfer that requires Landlord’s prior written consent pursuant to Section 11.01 above.
ARTICLE 12 - TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD
Section 12.01. Sale of the Building. Landlord shall have the right to sell the Building at any time during the Lease Term, subject only to the rights of Tenant hereunder; and such sale shall operate to release Landlord from liability hereunder with respect to obligations arising from and after the date of such conveyance.





Section 12.02. Estoppel Certificate. Within fifteen (15) days following receipt of a written request from Landlord, but not more than one (1) time per year, other than in connection with a sale or financing or other capital event, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, without cost to Landlord, an estoppel certificate in such form as Landlord may reasonably request certifying (a) that this Lease is in full force and effect and unmodified or stating the nature of any modification, (b) the date to which rent has been paid, (c) that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (d) any other matters or state of facts reasonably required respecting the Lease. Such estoppel may be relied upon by Landlord and by any purchaser or mortgagee of the Building.
Section 12.03. Subordination. This Lease is and shall be expressly subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any present or future mortgage or deed of trust encumbering fee title to the Leased Premises. If any such mortgage or deed of trust be foreclosed, upon request of the mortgagee or beneficiary, as the case may be, Tenant will attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale. The foregoing provisions are declared to be self-operative and no further instruments shall be required to effect such subordination and/or attornment; provided, however, that subordination of this Lease to any present or future mortgage or trust deed shall be conditioned upon the mortgagee, beneficiary, or purchaser at foreclosure, as the case may be, agreeing that Tenant’s occupancy of the Leased Premises and other rights under this Lease shall not be disturbed by reason of the foreclosure of such mortgage or trust deed, as the case may be, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease. Within fifteen (15) days following receipt of a written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, without cost, any instrument that Landlord deems reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm the subordination of this Lease. Prior to or promptly following the execution of this Lease, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the current mortgagee relative to the Leased Premises to execute and deliver a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G; provided, however, Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s expense, for recording such SNDA in the appropriate real estate records and, if requested by Landlord, terminating such SNDA of record upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 13 - DEFAULT AND REMEDY
Section 13.01. Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall be a “Default”:
(a)    Tenant fails to pay any Monthly Rental Installments or Additional Rent within five (5) days after the same is due (meaning that Tenant would not be in Default provided Landlord has received any particular Monthly Rental Installment or Additional Rent on the sixth (6th) day after such payment is due). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a written courtesy notice of such delinquency and Tenant shall have an additional five (5) days to cure such Default; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be required to give such courtesy notice more than two (2) times in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.
(b)    Tenant fails to perform or observe any other term, condition, covenant or obligation required under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required to cure, then such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Tenant commences such performance within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently completes the required action within a reasonable time.
(c)    Reserved.
(d)    Tenant shall assign or sublet all or a portion of the Leased Premises in contravention of the provisions of Article 11 of this Lease.





(e)    All or substantially all of Tenant’s assets in the Leased Premises or Tenant’s interest in this Lease are attached or levied under execution (and Tenant does not discharge the same within sixty (60) days thereafter); a petition in bankruptcy, insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement is filed by or against Tenant (and Tenant fails to secure a stay or discharge thereof within sixty (60) days thereafter); Tenant is insolvent and unable to pay its debts as they become due; Tenant makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; Tenant takes the benefit of any insolvency action or law; the appointment of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy for Tenant or its assets if such receivership has not been vacated or set aside within thirty (30) days thereafter; or, dissolution or other termination of Tenant’s corporate charter if Tenant is a corporation.
Section 13.02. Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Default, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in addition to those stated elsewhere in this Lease and those allowed by law or in equity, any one or more of which may be exercised without further notice to Tenant:
(a)    Landlord may re-enter the Leased Premises and cure any Default of Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for any costs and expenses that Landlord thereby incurs; and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage that Tenant may sustain by reason of Landlord’s action.
(b)    Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant notice of termination, in which event this Lease shall expire and terminate on the date specified in such notice of termination and all rights of Tenant under this Lease and in and to the Leased Premises shall terminate. Tenant shall remain liable for all obligations under this Lease arising up to the date of such termination, and Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord on the date specified in such notice. Furthermore, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the unamortized balance of any leasehold improvement allowance and brokerage fees paid in connection with the Lease.
(c)    Without terminating this Lease, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises, and thereafter, neither Tenant nor any person claiming under or through Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Leased Premises. In such event, Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord, and Landlord may re-enter the Leased Premises and dispossess Tenant and any other occupants of the Leased Premises by any lawful means and may remove their effects, without prejudice to any other remedy that Landlord may have. Upon termination of possession, Landlord may re-let all or any part of the Leased Premises as the agent of Tenant for a term different from that which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term and for rent and on terms and conditions different from those contained herein, whereupon Tenant shall be immediately obligated to pay to Landlord an amount equal to (i) the excess, if any, discounted at the Prime Rate, of the rent provided for herein less the rent provided for in any lease covering a subsequent re-letting of the Leased Premises, for the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Lease Term had this Lease not been terminated (said period being referred to herein as the “Remaining Term”), (ii) the costs of recovering possession of the Leased Premises and all other expenses, loss or damage incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s Default (“Default Damages”), which shall include, without limitation, expenses of preparing the Leased Premises for re-letting, demolition, repairs, tenant finish improvements, brokers’ commissions and attorneys’ fees, and (iii) all unpaid Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent that accrued prior to the date of termination of possession, plus any interest and late fees due hereunder (the “Prior Obligations”). Neither the filing of any dispossessory proceeding nor an eviction of personalty in the Leased Premises shall be deemed to terminate the Lease.





(d)    Landlord may terminate this Lease and recover from Tenant all damages Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, an amount which, at the date of such termination is equal to the sum of the following: (i) the value of the excess, if any, discounted at the Prime Rate, of (A) the Minimum Annual Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums that would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the Remaining Term, less (B) the aggregate reasonable rental value of the Leased Premises for the Remaining Term, as determined by a real estate broker licensed in the State of North Carolina who has at least ten (10) years of experience, (ii) all of Landlord’s Default Damages, and (iii) all Prior Obligations. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the payment of the amount set forth in clause (i) above shall not be deemed a penalty, but shall merely constitute payment of liquidated damages, it being understood that actual damages to Landlord are extremely difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain. It is expressly agreed and understood that all of Tenant’s liabilities and obligations set forth in this subsection (d) shall survive termination.
(e)    With or without terminating this Lease, declare immediately due and payable the sum of the following: (i) the present value, discounted at the Prime Rate, of all Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent due and coming due under this Lease for the entire Remaining Term (as if by the terms of this Lease they were payable in advance), (ii) all Default Damages, and (iii) all Prior Obligations, whereupon Tenant shall be obligated to pay the same to Landlord; provided, however, that such payment shall not be deemed a penalty or liquidated damages, but shall merely constitute payment in advance of all Minimum Annual Rent and Additional Rent payable hereunder throughout the Remaining Term, and provided further, however, that upon Landlord receiving such payment, Tenant shall be entitled to receive from Landlord all rents received by Landlord from other assignees, tenants and subtenants on account of said Leased Premises during the Remaining Term (but only to the extent that the monies to which Tenant shall so become entitled do not exceed the entire amount actually paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this subsection (e)), less all Default Damages of Landlord incurred but not yet reimbursed by Tenant.
(f)    Landlord may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss resulting from the Default, provided however, in no event, however, shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any consequential damages (except as expressly provided herein) or punitive damages.
(g)    If Landlord has terminated this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages. Landlord shall be required only to use reasonable efforts to mitigate, which shall not exceed such efforts as Landlord generally uses to lease other space in the Building. Landlord will not be deemed to have failed to mitigate if Landlord leases any other portions of the Building before reletting all or any portion of the Leased Premises. Landlord shall not be deemed to have failed to mitigate if it incurs Default Damages.





Section 13.03. Landlord’s Default and Tenant’s Remedies.
(a)    Landlord shall be in default if it fails to perform any term, condition, covenant or obligation required under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord; provided, however, that if the term, condition, covenant or obligation to be performed by Landlord is such that it cannot reasonably be performed within thirty (30) days, such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Landlord commences such performance within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently undertakes to complete the same within a reasonable time period. Upon the occurrence of any such default, Tenant may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages for any loss directly resulting from the breach, but Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or withhold, offset or abate any sums due. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential or punitive damages. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this Lease will not be impacted in the event of external changes that make Tenant’s business less profitable or more difficult.
(b)    Notwithstanding any contrary term or provision in this Lease, if (i) any circumstance or condition exists under this Lease which will, if not cured by Landlord within the applicable period afforded to Landlord under this Lease, constitute a default of Landlord hereunder (a “Landlord Default Condition”), (ii) Landlord has not begun and pursued with reasonable diligence the cure of such Landlord Default Condition within thirty (30) days (“Landlord’s Cure Period”) of receipt by Landlord and each Landlord mortgagee of written notice from Tenant of the relevant Landlord Default Condition (provided, however, if the cure of any such Landlord Default Condition cannot reasonably be completed within such thirty (30) day period but such Landlord Default Condition is curable and Landlord diligently commences the cure of such matter within the thirty (30) day period, Landlord’s Cure Period shall be extended as may be reasonably required (but in no event more than an additional thirty (30) days) to allow Landlord to complete the cure of such matter, so long as Landlord continues to diligently prosecute such cure to completion during such additional period), (iii) such Landlord Default Condition renders all or a material portion of the Leased Premises untenantable for the conduct of Tenant’s business therein and Tenant ceases to use the relevant portion(s) of the Leased Premises, (iv) such default is not the result of a Force Majeure Matter or any acts or omissions of Tenant or any employee, officer, contractor, agent or affiliate of Tenant, and following the expiration of Landlord’s Cure Period, Tenant delivers notice to Landlord and each mortgagee of Tenant’s intent to pursue its self-help remedies under this Section 13.03 the following terms and provisions shall be applicable:





(i)    Without waiving or releasing Landlord from any obligation hereunder, Tenant may (but is under no obligation to) take reasonable action to cure the Landlord Default Condition; and if Tenant elects to take action to cure the Landlord Default Condition, the applicable time period allowed for Landlord to cure such Landlord Default Condition under Section 13.03 herein shall be “tolled” for the period of time that Tenant is attempting to cure such Landlord Default Condition. Provided, however, and notwithstanding the foregoing or any other term or provision herein to the contrary: (i) Tenant must undertake any such curative action in good faith. An example of Tenant failing to act in good faith would be undertaking an action that Tenant knows will not mitigate, cure or correct the Landlord Default Condition; (ii) if Tenant’s proposed curative action will affect the Building’s electrical, plumbing, HVAC or mechanical system or any structural component of the Building, Tenant shall use Landlord’s applicable Building contractor for such system or component, unless such contractor is unwilling or unable to perform such work or is substantially more costly than another qualified contractor, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of another qualified, licensed and insured contractor (subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); (iii) all work undertaken by Tenant to cure the Landlord Default Condition must be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; (iv) in connection with any curative action taken by Tenant, Tenant shall use commercially-reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the rights of other tenants to use their respective premises in the Building.
(ii)    If Tenant incurs expenses in attempting to cure a Landlord Default Condition pursuant to this Section 13.03(b), Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the costs so incurred. Such costs must be reasonably documented and copies of such documentation must be delivered to Landlord with the above-referenced written demand for reimbursement. If Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant or give Tenant notice of objection to such reimbursement within sixty (60) days of said notice and Tenant sends Landlord an additional written notice advising Landlord of such failure, Tenant shall have the right to offset said reimbursement from no more than twenty percent (20%) of Monthly Rental Installments payable by Tenant to Landlord until Tenant is fully reimbursed. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential or punitive damages.
Section 13.04. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE, THE LIABILITY OF LANDLORD (AND OF ANY SUCCESSOR LANDLORD) SHALL BE LIMITED TO LANDLORD’S (AND ANY SUCCESSOR TO LANDLORD) INTEREST IN THE BUILDING. TENANT SHALL LOOK SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE BUILDING FOR THE RECOVERY OF ANY JUDGMENT OR AWARD AGAINST LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY. NEITHER LANDLORD NOR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY SHALL BE PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR ANY JUDGMENT OR DEFICIENCY, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY LANDLORD RELATED PARTY BE LIABLE TO TENANT FOR ANY LOST PROFIT, DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF BUSINESS OR ANY FORM OF SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE. BEFORE FILING SUIT FOR AN ALLEGED DEFAULT BY LANDLORD, TENANT SHALL GIVE LANDLORD AND THE MORTGAGEE(S) WHOM TENANT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED HOLD MORTGAGES NOTICE AND REASONABLE TIME TO CURE THE ALLEGED DEFAULT.





Section 13.05. Nonwaiver of Defaults. Neither party’s failure nor delay in exercising any of its rights or remedies or other provisions of this Lease shall constitute a waiver thereof or affect its right thereafter to exercise or enforce such right or remedy or other provision. No waiver of any default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other default. Landlord’s receipt of less than the full rent due shall not be construed to be other than a payment on account of rent then due, nor shall any statement on Tenant’s check or any letter accompanying Tenant’s check be deemed an accord and satisfaction. No act or omission by Landlord or its employees or agents during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Leased Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.
Section 13.06. Attorneys’ Fees. If either party defaults in the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants or obligations contained in this Lease and the non-defaulting party obtains a judgment against the defaulting party, then the defaulting party agrees to reimburse the non-defaulting party for reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith. In addition, if a monetary Default shall occur and Landlord engages outside counsel to exercise its remedies hereunder, and then Tenant cures such monetary Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, all expenses incurred by Landlord as a result thereof, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and expenses actually incurred.
Section 13.07. Waiver of Landlord’s Lien. Landlord does hereby agree to waive any statutory lien on Tenant’s Property granted to Landlord that is secured by Tenant’s trade fixtures, equipment, inventory or other personal property located at the Leased Premises.
ARTICLE 14 - LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT
Landlord shall have no right to relocate Tenant for any reason.
ARTICLE 15 -TENANT’S RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING
ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
Section 15.01. Environmental Definitions.
(a)    “Environmental Laws” shall mean all present or future federal, state and municipal laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the environmental and ecological condition of the Leased Premises, and the rules and regulations of the Federal Environmental Protection Agency and any other federal, state or municipal agency or governmental board or entity having jurisdiction over the Leased Premises.
(b)    “Hazardous Substances” shall mean those substances included within the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances” “solid waste” or “infectious waste” under Environmental Laws and petroleum products.
Section 15.02. Restrictions on Tenant. Tenant shall not cause or permit the use, generation, release, manufacture, refining, production, processing, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises, or the transportation to or from the Leased Premises of any Hazardous Substances, except as necessary and appropriate for its Permitted Use in which case the use, storage or disposal of such Hazardous Substances shall be performed in compliance with the Environmental Laws.





Section 15.03. Notices, Affidavits, Etc. Tenant shall immediately (a) notify Landlord of (i) any violation by Tenant, its employees, agents, representatives, customers, invitees or contractors of any Environmental Laws on, under or about the Leased Premises, or (ii) the presence or suspected presence of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises, and (b) deliver to Landlord any notice received by Tenant relating to (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above from any source. Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations and the like within five (5) days of Landlord’s request therefor concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of any Hazardous Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises.
Section 15.04. Tenant’s Indemnification. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent from any and all claims, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses and damages, including attorneys’ fees, costs of testing and remediation costs, incurred by Landlord in connection with any breach by Tenant of its obligations under this Article 15. The covenants and obligations under this Article 15 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
Section 15.05. Existing Conditions. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 15 to the contrary, Tenant shall not have any liability to Landlord under this Article 15 resulting from any conditions existing, or events occurring, or any Hazardous Substances existing or generated, at, in, on, under or in connection with the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease (or any earlier occupancy of the Leased Premises by Tenant) except to the extent Tenant exacerbates the same.
Section 15.06. Landlord Requirements. Landlord shall comply with all laws applicable to Hazardous Substances. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord’s actual knowledge, Landlord has received no notice of any Hazardous Substances located in the Building or the land on which it is situated (the “Land”) in violation of applicable Environmental Laws. Other than Hazardous Substances which are Tenant’s responsibility, as described above, if any Hazardous Substances are discovered on the Land or in the Building, Landlord shall be obligated to remove, or cause to be removed, such Hazardous Substances to the extent required by applicable Environmental Laws at Landlord’s cost but included in Operating Expenses unless such Hazardous Substances were introduced to the Land or the Building as a result of Landlord’s gross negligence or intentional misconduct, in which event the costs Landlord incurs to remove such Hazardous Substance shall not be included in Operating Expenses.
ARTICLE 16 -MISCELLANEOUS
Section 16.01. Benefit of Landlord and Tenant. This Lease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.
Section 16.02. Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
Section 16.03. Force Majeure. Landlord and Tenant (except with respect to the payment of any monetary obligation) shall be excused for the period of any delay in the performance of any obligation hereunder when such delay is occasioned by causes beyond its control, including but not limited to work stoppages, boycotts, slowdowns or strikes; civil disorder; shortages of materials, equipment, labor or energy; epidemic, pandemic or other public health crisis, including without limitation, COVID-19; unusual weather conditions; or acts or omissions of governmental or political bodies (collectively, “Force Majeure Matters”); provided notice of any claimed delays due to Force Majeure Matters is provided within thirty (30) days of the date the party claiming delay first becomes aware of the event giving rise to such claim.





Section 16.04. Examination of Lease. Submission of this instrument by Landlord to Tenant for examination or signature does not constitute an offer by Landlord to lease the Leased Premises. This Lease shall become effective, if at all, only upon the execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.
Section 16.05. Indemnification for Leasing Commissions. The parties hereby represent and warrant that the only real estate brokers involved in the negotiation and execution of this Lease are the Brokers and that no other party is entitled, as a result of the actions of the respective party, to a commission or other fee resulting from the execution of this Lease. Each party shall indemnify the other from any and all liability for the breach of this representation and warranty on its part and shall pay any compensation to any other broker or person who may be entitled thereto. Landlord shall pay the commission due Brokers based on this Lease pursuant to separate agreements between Landlord and Brokers.
Section 16.06. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Lease or by law shall be deemed to have been given if it is written and delivered in person or by overnight courier or mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the party who is to receive such notice at the address specified in Section 1.01(l). If sent by overnight courier, the notice shall be deemed to have been given one (1) day after sending. If mailed, the notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date that is three (3) business days following mailing. Either party may change its address by giving written notice thereof to the other party.
Section 16.07. Partial Invalidity; Complete Agreement. If any provision of this Lease shall be held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. This Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant covering everything agreed upon or understood in this transaction. There are no oral promises, conditions, representations, understandings, interpretations or terms of any kind as conditions or inducements to the execution hereof or in effect between the parties. No change or addition shall be made to this Lease except by a written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant.
Section 16.08. Financial Statements.
(a)    During the Lease Term and any extensions thereof, Tenant shall provide to Landlord, on an annual basis within sixty (60) days following the end of Tenant’s fiscal year and upon Landlord’s written request therefor (such requests shall not be made more than one (1) time in any calendar year, unless in connection with a sale or financing transaction relative to the Building or any interest of Landlord therein), a copy of Tenant’s most recent financial statements prepared as of the end of Tenant’s fiscal year. Such financial statements shall be signed by Tenant or an officer of Tenant, if applicable, who shall attest to the truth and accuracy of the information set forth in such statements, or if the Minimum Annual Rent hereunder exceeds $100,000.00, said statements shall be certified and audited. All financial statements provided by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. Landlord agrees that it shall maintain the confidentiality of such financial statements during the Lease Term; provided, however, Landlord may disclose the contents of the financial statements to (a) officers and employees of Landlord and those agents, attorneys and consultants of Landlord reasonably requiring access, (b) actual or prospective lenders, purchasers, investors or shareholders of Landlord, (c) any entity or agency required by law, or (d) any entity or agency which is reasonably necessary to protect Landlord’s interest in any action, suit or proceeding brought by or against Landlord and relating to the subject matter of this Lease.
(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to deliver any financial information required by Section 16.08, so long as the Tenant hereunder is a publicly-traded company and such financial information is available to Landlord through readily available public service.





Section 16.09.Representations and Warranties.
(a)    Tenant hereby represents and warrants that (i) Tenant is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) in accordance with the laws of the State under which it was organized; (ii) Tenant is authorized to do business in the State where the Building is located; and (iii) the individual(s) executing and delivering this Lease on behalf of Tenant has been properly authorized to do so, and such execution and delivery shall bind Tenant to its terms.
(b)    Landlord hereby represents and warrants that (i) Landlord is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) in accordance with the laws of the State under which it was organized; (ii) Landlord is authorized to do business in the State where the Building is located; and (iii) the individual(s) executing and delivering this Lease on behalf of Landlord has been properly authorized to do so, and such execution and delivery shall bind Landlord to its terms.
Section 16.10. Signage. Landlord, at its cost and expense, shall provide Tenant with Building standard signage on the main Building directory and at the entrance to the Leased Premises. Any changes requested by Tenant to the initial directory or suite signage shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. Landlord may install such other signs, advertisements, notices or tenant identification information on the Building directory, tenant access doors or other areas of the Building, as it shall deem necessary or proper. Tenant shall not place any exterior signs on the Leased Premises or interior signs visible from the exterior of the Leased Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may immediately remove any sign(s) placed by Tenant in violation of this Section 16.10.
Following the Effective Date, Landlord agrees to file an application with the Town of Morrisville pursuant to the Town of Morrisville Unified Development Ordinance for a variance that would permit Landlord to install a second (2nd) monument sign on the Land with Tenant’s name and logo (the “Second Monument Sign”) and to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue such variance from the Town of Morrisville with the goal to obtain approval of the variance and install the Second Monument Sign on or before the Commencement Date. If the Town of Morrisville grants such variance, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, construct, design and install the Second Monument Sign and install Tenant’s name and logo on the Second Monument Sign in size and font reasonably acceptable to Tenant. If the Town of Morrisville denies the variance or places commercially unreasonable conditions on the approval of same in Landlord’s discretion, then in lieu of Landlord’s obligation to pursue the Second Monument Sign, Landlord shall promptly install Tenant’s name (of the same size and font of other tenants of the Building) on the existing monument sign currently located on the Land (the “Alternate Monument Sign”) at Landlord’s cost and expense.
If at any time during the Lease Term (a) Relias Learning LLC relinquishes or otherwise loses its right to prevent additional signage on the exterior of the Building (the “Relias Façade Signage”) and (b) Applicable Laws permit the installation of signage on the exterior of the Building in addition to the Relias Façade Signage (or if the Relias Façade Signage is no longer present on the exterior of the Building, in lieu of such signage), then Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install Tenant’s name and logo in a mutually agreeable location on the exterior of the Building (the “Façade Sign”). In addition, Tenant, at its cost and expense, shall be entitled to install signage in any elevator lobby of a full floor of the Building that Tenant leases hereunder (the “Elevator Sign”).





The Façade Sign, Elevator Sign, the Second Monument Sign or Alternate Monument Sign (collectively, “Tenant’s Signage”) shall all be installed in accordance with the standard criteria for the Building and Perimeter Park, all Applicable Laws and all ordinances and regulations applicable to the Building and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval as to its location; size; configuration; lettering; content; materials; if Landlord is responsible for the same, cost (relative to the panel containing Tenant’s name on the Second Monument Sign or Alternate Monument Sign, as applicable); and method of attachment. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall be required, at Tenant’s expense, to remove Tenant’s Signage. Tenant shall not be entitled to grant or assign to any third party (other than a Permitted Transferee of Tenant’s rights under this Lease) the right to install Tenant’s Signage without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s discretion). Tenant shall maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all Tenant’s Signage in a first class manner and condition at all times during the term of the Lease.
Section 16.11. Parking. Tenant shall be entitled to the non-exclusive use of the parking spaces designated for the Building by Landlord. Tenant agrees (i) not to overburden the parking facilities, (ii) to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the use of the parking facilities and (iii) that, notwithstanding the immediately preceding grammatical sentence, Tenant and Tenant’s guests and invitees shall not, at any given time, be entitled to use more than four and one-half (4.5) parking spaces for each one thousand (1,000) square feet of Rentable Area of the Leased Premises. As part of Tenant’s parking allotment, Tenant’s employees shall have the right to use, in common with other tenants of the Building on a first-come first-served basis, not less than four (4) electric vehicle charging stations installed by Landlord from time to time to serve tenants of the Building. In the event Tenant is determined to be overburdening the parking facilities, Landlord shall be entitled (but not required) to monitor or restrict use of the parking facilities at Tenant’s expense. There will be no assigned parking unless Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems such assigned parking advisable. No vehicle may be repaired or serviced in the parking area and any vehicle brought into the parking area by Tenant, or any of Tenant’s employees, contractors or invitees, and deemed abandoned by Landlord will be towed and all costs thereof shall be borne by the Tenant. All driveways, ingress and egress, and all parking spaces are for the joint use of all tenants. There shall be no parking permitted on any of the streets or roadways located within the Park. In addition, Tenant agrees that its employees will not park in the spaces designated visitor parking.
Section 16.12. Memorandum. This Lease shall not be recorded, but in connection with Tenant’s execution of the Letter of Understanding, Landlord shall complete that memorandum of lease attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “Memorandum”) and shall cause the Memorandum to be executed and delivered to Tenant for recording. Landlord agrees that Tenant may cause the Memorandum to be recorded at Tenant’s expense.
Section 16.13. Time. Time is of the essence of each term and provision of this Lease.
Section 16.14. Patriot Act. Each of Landlord and Tenant, each as to itself; hereby represents its compliance and its agreement to continue to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act, and the laws administered by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, including, without limitation, Executive Order 13224 (the “Executive Order”). Each of Landlord and Tenant further represents (such representation to be true throughout the Lease Term) (i) that it is not, and it is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any person or entity, on the SDN List published by the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and (ii) that it is not a person otherwise identified by government or legal authority as a person with whom a U.S. Person is prohibited from transacting business. As of the Effective Date, a list of such designations and the text of the Executive Order are published under the internet website address www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac. The provisions of this Section 16.14 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.





Section 16.15. Confidentiality. Landlord and Tenant agree, on behalf of themselves and their respective employees, agents, contractors, consultants, partners, affiliates, assignees and subtenants, not to disclose the terms of this Lease to any third party except (i) legal counsel to such party, (ii) as to Tenant, any assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or any subtenant of Tenant relative to the Leased Premises (or any portion thereof), (iii) any actual or proposed purchaser, investor or mortgagee or their brokers and other agents, (iv) as required by Applicable Law or by subpoena or other similar legal process, (v) for financial reporting purposes (including without limitation, the preparation of financial statements) or as otherwise reasonably required for the operation of business or (vi) with respect to matters set forth in the Memorandum of Lease.
Section 16.16. Relocation Reimbursement. In addition to the other allowances granted herein, following the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($150,000.00) for documented and reasonable third party costs incurred by Tenant in relocating to the Leased Premises at the start of the Lease Term and preparing the same for Tenant’s occupancy (collectively, “Relocation Costs”) within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of a written request for reimbursement accompanied by paid invoices evidencing such Relocation Costs. In the event Tenant fails to submit to Landlord a written request for reimbursement of Relocation Costs accompanied by paid invoices evidencing such costs as required by this Section 16.16 prior to the date that is twelve (12) months following the Rent Commencement Date, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any right to be reimbursed for Relocation Costs pursuant to this Section 16.16 and in such event, and as of such date, this Section 16.16 shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect.
Section 16.17. Option to Renew.
(a)     Provided that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect as of the date of the Renewal Notice (as defined below) and as of the then scheduled expiration of the Lease Term; (ii) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease as of the dates referred to in clause (i) above; and (iii) Tenant has not sublet nor assigned (except pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) more than fifty percent (50%) of the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises as originally defined on the Effective Date, Tenant shall have the option (each a “Renewal Option”) to extend the Lease Term for the entire Leased Premises for two (2) periods of five (5) years each (each a “Renewal Term”) commencing on the date immediately following the then-scheduled expiration of the initial Lease Term. Tenant may exercise each option by delivering written notice (the “Renewal Notice”) to Landlord not less than twelve (12) months prior to the then-scheduled expiration of the initial Lease Term. The Renewal Term, if properly exercised by Tenant as set forth herein, shall each constitute an extension of the Lease Term and shall be upon all of the same terms and conditions then in effect under this Lease, except that (i) there shall be no further option to renew or extend the Lease Term during the Renewal Term except for any then remaining Renewal Option, and (ii) Minimum Annual Rent for each Renewal Term shall be payable at a rate per annum equal to the Fair Market Rental (as defined below) for the Leased Premises for the Renewal Term and (iii) the Base Year for the Renewal Term shall be updated to be no earlier than the calendar year in which the then-current Lease Term (i.e., prior to the exercise of the applicable Renewal Term) is scheduled to expire. If Tenant shall duly and timely exercise Tenant’s right to extend the Lease Term for a Renewal Term pursuant to the terms hereof, all of the applicable references in this Lease to the Lease Term shall be deemed to include such Renewal Term. During each Renewal Term, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses without interruption.





(b)    If Tenant shall timely deliver the Renewal Notice to Landlord, then not later than twenty (20) days after the date the Renewal Notice is delivered, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental. For purposes of the foregoing, the “Fair Market Rental” shall be the rental rate charged for premises of comparable size and condition as the Leased Premises in the Raleigh - Durham, North Carolina, office market, taking into consideration the location and quality of the Building, term of lease, and any material economic differences between the terms of this Lease and the terms of any comparable lease (including improvement or refurbishment allowances, architectural fees, brokerage commissions and any other relevant cash and non-cash incentives, inducements, concessions and other relevant factors). If Tenant delivers to Landlord a written objection to Landlord’s calculation of the Fair Market Rental within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental, and the parties cannot agree on the Fair Market Rental within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s written objection, then Tenant may retract its exercise of its option to extend, or Tenant may choose arbitration to determine the Fair Market Rental. If Tenant chooses arbitration, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of its desire to seek arbitration within five (5) business days after expiration of such twenty (20) day period (“Arbitration Notice”). Within ten (10) days after Tenant provides Landlord with its Arbitration Notice, the parties shall each appoint an appraiser to determine the Fair Market Rental for the Leased Premises. Each appraiser so selected shall be an MAI appraiser or a licensed real estate broker, each having at least ten (10) years prior experience in the appraisal or leasing of comparable space in the metropolitan area in which the Leased Premises are located and with a working knowledge of current rental rates and practices. If the two appraisers cannot agree upon the Fair Market Rental for the Leased Premises within twenty (20) days after their appointment, then, within five (5) days after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the two appraisers shall select a third appraiser meeting the above criteria. Once the third appraiser has been selected as provided for above, each of the initial appraisers shall deliver its determination of the Fair Market Rental to the third appraiser, and such third appraiser shall within ten (10) days after its appointment select the determination made by one of the initial two appraisers that most closely approximates the third appraiser’s own determination of the Fair Market Rental. The determination of the Fair Market Rental selected by the third appraiser shall be used as the Minimum Annual Rent for the Renewal Term and shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall each bear the cost of its appraiser and shall share the cost of the third. If Tenant delivers a written objection to Landlord’s calculation of the Fair Market Rental within the 10-day time period referenced above but fails to provide the Arbitration Notice as provided above, then Tenant’s exercise of its option to extend shall be deemed retracted.
(c)    Following the determination of Fair Market Rental, Landlord and Tenant will mutually execute, acknowledge and deliver an amendment to this Lease setting forth the Minimum Annual Rent for the Renewal Term, the Renewal Term commencement date, and the new expiration of the Lease Term; provided, the failure of either party to execute and deliver such an amendment shall not affect the rights of the parties under this Lease relating to the Renewal Term.
(d)    Tenant’s right to extend the Lease Term for the Renewal Term shall automatically terminate and become null, void and of no force and effect upon the earlier to occur of (i) the termination of this Lease by Landlord or pursuant to this Lease or Applicable Law, (ii) the termination or surrender of Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises or any portion thereof, or (iii) the failure of Tenant to timely and properly deliver the Renewal Notice to Landlord.
Section 16.18. Right of First Refusal. Provided that (i) Tenant is not then in Default under this Lease (and that no circumstance then exists which, with the lapse of time and without being corrected or cured, will constitute a default of Tenant under this Lease), and (ii) Tenant has not (except pursuant to a Permitted Transfer) assigned this Lease or sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Rentable Area of the Leased Premises as originally defined on the Effective Date, Tenant shall, during the Lease Term, have a right of first refusal to lease any space located within the Building, subject to the terms below (the “First Refusal Space”). Tenant’s first refusal rights relative to the First Refusal Space are subject to the following terms and conditions:





(a)    Offer by Landlord. If Landlord receives a written bona fide offer or proposal after the Effective Date from a prospective tenant for the lease of part or all of the First Refusal Space (which may be in the form of a non-binding “letter of intent” or similar document) that Landlord intends to accept, prior to entering into any lease with such prospective tenant, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the prospective lease (and of Landlord’s receipt from the prospective tenant of a written offer or proposal relating thereto which is acceptable to Landlord), and such notification from Landlord to Tenant also shall identify all of the space to be leased, the effective rent commencement date, the term of the proposed lease, the rental rate, the terms of any options to renew or expansion rights and all other material economic terms and conditions provided for in the third party’s offer or proposal (the “ROFR Notice”). Provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to notify Tenant of the identity of the prospective tenant. Tenant shall have ten (10) business days after such notification is delivered to Tenant by Landlord (the “Tenant Response Period”) to elect (by so notifying Landlord in writing) to lease all (but not less than all) of the space described in the ROFR Notice on all of the same terms and conditions (including, without limitation, rental rate, tenant improvements allowance and term of lease) as set forth in the ROFR Notice.
(b)    Tenant’s Election of Rights. If Tenant elects, pursuant to subsection (a) above, to lease from Landlord all of the space encompassed by the prospective tenant’s offer or proposal, Tenant and Landlord shall proceed diligently and in good faith to finalize and execute a lease amendment for such purpose within thirty (30) business days after the expiration of the Tenant Response Period, the terms of such amendment will be consistent with the terms set forth in the ROFR Notice.
(c)    Tenant’s Failure to Exercise Rights. If Tenant elects not to lease from Landlord the space described in the ROFR Notice (as evidenced either by Tenant’s written notice to Landlord to that effect or by Tenant’s failure to respond to Landlord within the Tenant Response Period), or Landlord and Tenant are unable to timely finalize and execute a lease amendment within the thirty (30) day period referenced above, then, in either such event, Landlord shall be entitled, at any time within six (6) months after the expiration of the Tenant Response Period (without triggering any further rights of Tenant under this Section 16.18), to enter into a lease agreement with the prospective tenant or any other party relative to all or any portion of the space described in the ROFR Notice so long as the net effective rent (taking into account all relevant economic factors) in such lease is not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the net effective rent in the initial proposal that Tenant failed to accept, in which case all of Tenant’s first refusal rights under this Section 16.18 shall immediately and automatically terminate relative to such portion or all (as the case may be) of the First Refusal Space that Landlord so leases. If Tenant elects not to lease from Landlord the space described in the ROFR Notice (as evidenced either by Tenant’s written notice to Landlord to that effect or by Tenant’s failure to respond to Landlord within the Tenant Response Period), and Landlord does not enter into a lease agreement with the prospective tenant or another party relative to all or any portion of the space encompassed by the prospective tenant’s offer or proposal within six (6) months after the expiration of the Tenant Response Period, Tenant’s first refusal rights under this Section 16.18 shall be revived in full with regard to the relevant portion or all (as the case may be) of the First Refusal Space. If Landlord does enter into a lease agreement with a third party for the First Refusal Space as aforesaid, and such lease terminates or expires during the Lease Term, Landlord shall not thereafter re-lease such First Refusal Space to a new tenant (i.e., a tenant other than the tenant whose lease is expiring) without again complying with the terms of this Section 16.18.
(d)    Currently Vacant Space. Notwithstanding any term or provision in this Section 16.18 to the contrary, Tenant’s first refusal rights under this Section 16.18 shall not apply relative to the leasing by Landlord to third parties of those portions of the First Refusal Space that are vacant as of the execution of this Lease. Therefore, Landlord shall be entitled to enter into one or more leases with respect to any portion(s) of the First Refusal Space that is(are) vacant as of the execution of this Lease with such third parties on such terms as Landlord elects without triggering any first refusal rights of Tenant under this Section 16.18.





(e)    Superior Rights. All rights of Tenant under this Section 16.18 are subject and subordinate to all prior rights previously granted by Landlord to other tenants in the Building, as more specifically set forth on Exhibit J hereto (the “Superior Rights”). Landlord shall be entitled to enter into any extension or renewal of the lease of any tenant holding Superior Rights in the Building relative to the First Refusal Space (regardless of whether such lease expressly provides for such extension or renewal right) without triggering any rights of Tenant under this Section 16.18.
(f)    Additional Terms. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, as a condition precedent to Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease the First Refusal Space, the Lease Term relative to the existing Leased Premises shall be extended as needed (but in no event shortened) to make the same co-terminus with the lease term for the First Refusal Space leased by Tenant. If the Lease Term is extended relative to the existing Leased Premises in accordance with this grammatical paragraph, the Minimum Annual Rent for the existing Leased Premises for such extended portion of the Lease Term shall be increased to equal the greater of (i) the Minimum Annual Rent that would have been applicable had such extension been included in the original Lease Term (with corresponding annual increases each year), or (ii) the Minimum Annual Rent (expressed on a rentable per square foot basis) for the First Refusal Space.
Section 16.19. Roof Rights.
(a)    Roof Area.Roof Area” shall mean the surface of the roof of the Building.
(b)    Dish.Dish” shall mean two (2) satellite dishes and related equipment.
(c)    License of Roof Area. Provided (i) Tenant is not in Default under the Lease, (ii) Tenant complies with all zoning and other municipal and county rules and regulations, and all applicable restrictions of record, and (iii) Landlord, in its sole discretion, has space available on the Roof Area, Tenant shall have the right, at its own cost and expense and subject to the terms hereof, to install, operate and maintain the Dish on the Roof Area, so long as the Dish is used exclusively for Tenant’s use and not sold to or utilized in any manner by a third party. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining any necessary permits and licenses required to install and operate the Dish. Copies of such permits and licenses shall be provided to Landlord.
(d)    Installation of the Dish.
(i)    The size, location, design and manner of installation of the Dish and all related wiring shall be designated and approved by Landlord. Landlord, in its sole discretion, may require Tenant to install screening around the Dish. After obtaining Landlord’s written approval, Tenant shall have reasonable access to the roof for installation and maintenance of the Dish and shall have the right to install all reasonable wiring related thereto. Unless otherwise approved by Landlord in writing, however, in no event shall Tenant be permitted to penetrate the roof membrane in connection with the installation or maintenance of the Dish. Tenant shall be responsible for repairing any damages caused by the installation or maintenance of the Dish.





(ii)    Tenant shall use the roofing company specified by Landlord to perform any work affecting the roof, provided the costs charged by such roofer are competitive with charges for similar services within the same geographic region. All cable runs, conduit and sleeving shall be installed in a good and workmanlike manner. Cables and transmission lines shall be routed and attached in accordance with current, state of the art industry practices. The Dish shall be identified with permanently marked, weather proof tags at the following locations: (A) each dish bracket; (B) at the transmission line building entry point; (C) at the interior wall feed through or any other transmission line exit point; and (D) at any transmitter combiner, duplexer, or multifed receive port. In addition, all Tenant telephone blocks, demarcs, and cables shall be clearly identified with Tenant’s name, type of line, and circuit number.
(iii)    Tenant shall install, operate and maintain the Dish in accordance with all federal, state and local laws and regulations. Prior to installation of the Dish, Tenant shall confirm that its installer carries sufficient insurance coverage.
(e)    Roof Work. If, during the Lease Term, as same may be extended, Landlord needs to perform maintenance work to Landlord’s equipment on the roof of the Building or repair or replace the roof of the Building (“Roof Work”), Tenant agrees to cooperate and work with Landlord (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) to achieve said Roof Work. Landlord agrees to provide at least thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant of Landlord’s intention to perform said work; except in the case of emergency Roof Work, in which case Landlord shall give as much notice as possible under the circumstances. Such Roof Work may require the relocation of any portion of the Dish at Tenant’s sole cost and expense or Tenant’s installation of temporary equipment. Moreover, if a temporary relocation of the Dish is required to accommodate the Roof Work, Landlord agrees to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to identify a technically feasible alternative location for the relocation portion of the Dish that will not impede the Roof Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord does not warrant and represent that an alternative location will be available and, consequently, Landlord’s obligation to provide such alternative location is subject to the availability of such space. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any consequential damages as a result of such relocation, including, but not limited to, loss of business income or opportunity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall move the Dish back to its original location after the Roof Work is completed unless the parties agree to utilize the relocated area permanently.
(f)    Emergencies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an emergency situation exists which Landlord reasonably determines, in its sole discretion, to be attributable to the Dish, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant verbally, who shall act diligently and expediently to remedy the emergency situation. Should Tenant fail to so remedy the emergency situation or should Landlord reasonably determine that the response time by Tenant is not adequate given the nature of the emergency, Landlord may then shut down the Dish and Tenant shall have no recourse against Landlord as a result of such action.
(g)    Removal of the Dish upon Termination. Following any termination or expiration of the Lease, Tenant shall remove the Dish from the Building. In performing such removal, Tenant shall restore the Roof Area and any personal property and fixtures thereon to as good a condition as existed prior to the installation or placement of the Dish, reasonable wear and tear excepted. If Tenant fails to remove the Dish within ten (10) days after expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord may remove and dispose of the Dish and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs of such removal and restoration of the Roof Area. Moreover, Landlord may deem the Dish abandoned, in which event the Dish shall become Landlord’s property. This subsection (g) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.
(h)    Utilities. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for all utilities to operate the Dish.





(i)    Indemnification. Any language in the Lease notwithstanding, Landlord shall not be liable and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, damages (including but not limited to personal injury, death, or property damages), costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees actually incurred, without regard to statutory interpretation) incurred by Landlord arising from any Dish related cause whatsoever, including those arising from the installation, use, maintenance and removal thereof.
Section 16.20. Access; Tenant’s Security System.
(a)    Tenant, its employees, and its invitees shall have access to the Leased Premises (including elevator service) by a code or card access system seven (7) days a week, twenty-four (24) hours a day. Tenant shall receive an allotment of five (5) access codes or cards for each one thousand (1,000) square feet of Rentable Area of the Leased Premises (the “Access Card Allotment”). Landlord shall bear the cost of each such code or card up to the Access Card Allotment, provided Tenant shall pay to Landlord (as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives an invoice therefor) Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) for each access code or card in excess of the Access Card Allotment or any replacement code or card which is issued to Tenant during the Lease Term, subject to increases in such amount from time to time during the Lease Term to reimburse Landlord for increases in the cost to Landlord of providing such access codes or cards. Tenant shall have the option to register its invitees with Landlord. Landlord, however, shall have no liability to Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees or licensees for losses due to theft or burglary or for damages done by unauthorized persons on the Leased Premises, and Landlord shall not be required to insure against any such losses, except in either case to the extent due to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord’s efforts to maintain controlled access to the Building and shall follow all regulations promulgated by Landlord with respect thereto.
(b)    Tenant shall have the right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install and implement a Tenant-controlled security system which provides security measures to and within the Leased Premises that is compatible with (i.e., utilizes the same access cards as) the Building’s security system (the “Security System”); provided that, without limiting the requirements set forth in this Lease, (A) Tenant shall comply with all applicable legal requirements in connection with the installation, implementation and monitoring of such Security System; (B) the Security System shall not adversely affect the mechanical or utility systems which serve the Leased Premises or Building, including any security or access systems for the Building, or the structural integrity of the Building; and (C) Landlord and its designees shall continue to have access to the Leased Premises as set forth in the Lease. In no event shall Tenant have the right to connect Tenant’s Security System to the security or access systems for the Building.
(SIGNATURES CONTAINED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES)







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.









Dated: _____________________
LANDLORD:

SVT PERIMETER SIX L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

By:    VPTC Management Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Authorized Signatory


    By:                     
    
    Printed:                 

    Title: ________________________

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]












Dated: _____________________
TENANT:

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation


By:                     
    
Printed:                 

Title: ________________________








EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF LEASED PREMISES


PREMISES.JPG






EXHIBIT B

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

1.    Landlord’s Obligations. Tenant has personally inspected the Leased Premises and accepts the same in its “AS IS” condition without representation or warranty by Landlord of any kind and with the understanding that Landlord shall have no responsibility with respect thereto, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease.
2.    Preparation of CDs. Promptly following the date hereof, Tenant will work with a space planner selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord to develop a test fit plan (a “Test Fit”) for the Leased Premises depicting Tenant’s proposed layout of the space. Such Test Fit will be prepared at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, upon mutual approval of the Space Plan (as defined below), Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the cost of the Test Fit up to a maximum amount equal to the Test Fit Allowance. Promptly following approval of the Test Fit, Tenant will work with a space planner selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord to develop a space plan for the Leased Premises that is reasonably acceptable to Landlord (the “Space Plan”). Tenant shall deliver the Space Plan to Landlord within twenty (20) days after the date of this Lease. Landlord shall review and accept or reject such Space Plan within five (5) business days after receipt thereof. Following Landlord’s approval with respect to the Space Plan, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, prepare and submit to Landlord a set of permittable construction drawings (the “CDs”) covering the Tenant Improvements, which shall be in material accordance with the Space Plan. Landlord shall not be obligated to approve any improvements that would materially alter the exterior appearance or basic nature of the Building or the Building systems. Landlord shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the CDs in which to review the CDs and in which to give Tenant written notice of its approval of the CDs or its requested changes to the CDs. If Landlord requests any changes to the CDs, Tenant shall make such changes and shall, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of Landlord’s requested changes (if any), submit the revised portion of the CDs to Landlord. Landlord shall have five, (5) business days after receipt of the revised CDs in which to review said revised CDs and in which to give to Tenant written notice of its approval of the revised CDs or its requested changes thereto. This process shall continue until such time, if at all, that Landlord approves the CDs in accordance with this paragraph. Tenant shall at all times in its preparation of the CDs, and of any revisions thereto, act reasonably and in good faith. Landlord shall at all times in its review of the CDs, and any revisions thereto, act reasonably and in good faith. In no event shall Landlord’s approval of the CDs be deemed a representation that same comply with Applicable Laws.
3.    Contractor. Construction shall be performed by a reputable general contractor that Tenant shall select from an approved interiors contractor list to be provided by Landlord or such other contractor as may be approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. The general contractor chosen by Tenant to complete the Tenant Improvements is referred to herein as “Tenant’s General Contractor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be required to use Landlord’s contractor(s) for any of the Tenant Improvements that affects the structural portions of the Building, impacts or causes alterations to the mechanical systems serving the Building, or requires any penetration of the roof of the Building. The following terms and provisions shall apply with regard to Tenant’s General Contractor and the qualifications of Tenant’s General Contractor:
(a)    The terms of any agreement to install the Tenant Improvements shall be governed by a separate construction contract signed by Tenant and Tenant’s General Contractor, and the construction contract shall be prepared using the applicable AIA contract form for such projects. A true and complete copy of such construction contract (and all subsequent amendments thereto) shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord promptly after the execution thereof.





(b)    Tenant shall not commence (or cause or permit to be commenced) the construction of the Tenant Improvements until all aspects of the CDs have been approved (or deemed approved) in writing by Landlord, until Tenant has obtained Landlord’s written consent to commence construction of the Tenant Improvements and until Tenant’s General Contractor has delivered to Landlord original certificates (in form and amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) of the general contractor’s “builder’s risk” and general liability insurance policies naming Landlord as an additional insured with limits of not less than $5,000,000. Such insurance policies must be issued by and binding upon an insurance company reasonably approved by Landlord; and such certificates of insurance must state that the issuing insurance company will not cancel the coverage, fail to renew the coverage or change the coverage in a manner that would cause Tenant to no longer be in compliance with Tenant’s insurance obligations under this Lease without first giving at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Further, Tenant shall cause such builder’s risk and general liability insurance coverage naming Tenant’s General Contractor as the insured and naming Landlord as an additional insured to be maintained in full force and effect during the entire period the Tenant Improvements are being performed. Additionally, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s General Contractor to maintain workers’ compensation insurance and all other insurance coverages (if any) that are required by Applicable Law and shall, if requested by Landlord, promptly provide to Landlord reasonable documentary evidence of such additional insurance coverage(s).
4.    Contractor Requirements. With regard to the activities of Tenant’s General Contractor and Tenant’s subcontractors in the Building and the Leased Premises, the following terms and provisions shall apply:
(a)    Tenant’s General Contractor shall have a construction superintendent at the Leased Premises at all times during which construction activities are taking place therein, and Tenant shall cause Tenant’s General Contractor and Tenant’s subcontractors to conduct their activities in the Building and the Leased Premises in such a manner as not to impede or delay the completion of improvements in any other portions of the Building, including in other tenant space, and in such a manner as not to interfere with the business activities of other tenants in the Building.
(b)    Tenant and Tenant’s General Contractor shall be responsible for the repair, replacement and clean-up of any damage caused to the Building by Tenant’s General Contractor and Tenant’s subcontractors.
(c)    Tenant shall cause Tenant’s General Contractor to coordinate the delivery of all materials and supplies to the Building and the Leased Premises with Landlord’s Building manager or general contractor. Furthermore, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s General Contractor to store all materials and supplies and to contain all construction operations within the Leased Premises and such other areas (if any) as Landlord may specifically permit from time to time.
(d)    Tenant shall cause Tenant’s General Contractor to promptly remove all trash, construction debris and surplus construction materials from the Leased Premises and to properly dispose of such trash, construction debris and surplus construction materials at a location reasonably acceptable to Landlord and in compliance with all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances and codes.





5.    Early Entry. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant shall have the right, at its own risk and at no additional cost, to enter the Leased Premises from and after April 1, 2022, in order to install fixtures and otherwise prepare the Leased Premises for occupancy, which right shall expressly exclude making any structural modifications. (Tenant hereby acknowledging that the Commencement Date and the Rent Commencement Date will be adjusted pursuant to the terms set forth in the Lease Summary in the event Tenant begins conducting business in the Leased Premises). During any entry prior to the Commencement Date (i) Tenant shall comply with all terms and conditions of this Lease other than the obligation to pay rent, (ii) Tenant shall cause its personnel and contractors to comply with the terms and conditions of Landlord’s rules of conduct (which Landlord agrees to furnish to Tenant upon request), (iii) Tenant shall not commence any such pre-Commencement Date entry prior to delivering evidence that Tenant has procured the insurance policies required of Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, (iv) Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against any loss or liability arising therefrom (except to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors), (v) during such early possession, Tenant shall bear the burden of the risk of loss of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and equipment, whether by theft, casualty or otherwise, and (vi) Tenant must coordinate all such pre-Commencement Date entry into the Leased Premises with Landlord’s property manager. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all applicable permits and inspections relating to any such entry by Tenant. During any entry prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord, at its sole cost, shall provide electricity, HVAC services, elevator access, and parking for the contractors.
6.    Construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall, at no expense to Landlord, assist Tenant in obtaining construction and occupancy permits. Upon obtaining all necessary permits for the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the necessary approvals from Landlord (as set forth above), Tenant may commence construction of the Tenant Improvements. The construction shall be performed by or on behalf of Tenant in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all Applicable Laws.
7.    Allowance. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the “hard costs” incurred related to the Tenant Improvements, up to an amount equal to the Allowance (as defined in Section 1.01). The agreements of Landlord and Tenant regarding the Allowance are as follows:
(a)    In the event the costs and expenses associated with the Tenant Improvements exceed the Allowance, such excess costs shall be borne solely by Tenant and shall be paid in full by Tenant prior to delinquency.
(b)    Landlord shall make up to six (6) disbursements of the Allowance in accordance with the pay applications provided by Tenant’s General Contractor, certified by Tenant’s architect or its representative (or, if the cost is not related to the design or construction of the Tenant Improvements, by an authorized representative of Tenant) and approved by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). All disbursements, except for the final disbursement shall be in amounts not less than $300,000. The first such disbursement shall be made upon Tenant’s completion of construction of fifty percent (50%) of the Tenant Improvements (based on projected costs). The final disbursement shall be paid upon completion of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s receipt of all Final Documents (as defined below). Provided, Landlord’s obligation to make such disbursements shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)    Landlord shall not be obligated to make any disbursements of the Allowance prior to Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of (A) evidence of Tenant’s receipt of all necessary permits required to commence construction of the Tenant Improvements and (B) a final, complete copy of the CDs, as agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.
(ii)    Landlord shall not be obligated to make more than one (1) disbursement of the Allowance in any calendar month.





(iii)    Landlord shall not be obligated to make any disbursement of the Allowance until Landlord receives current Supporting Documents (as defined herein) or Final Documents, as applicable. Landlord shall pay applicable disbursements to Tenant on or before the date that is the later of: (A) thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of a valid request for disbursement of the Allowance and all appropriate Supporting Documents or Final Documents, as applicable, and (B) the date that is two (2) business days immediately following the day on which Landlord receives the corresponding loan disbursement from its mortgagee(s) for purposes of the Allowance (in no event to exceed forty-five (45) days following Landlord’s receipt of the documentation referenced in the foregoing clause (A)). The obligation of Landlord to make each such disbursement of the Allowance is subject to the condition precedent that, on the date of such disbursement, no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a Default of Tenant under the Lease. After disbursement of the Allowance (or any portion thereof) by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall be solely responsible for disbursement to Tenant’s General Contractor, subcontractors, architect, engineers and material suppliers of payments for the cost of designing, planning and constructing the Tenant Improvements. As used herein, the term “Supporting Documents” shall mean, with respect to each disbursement (excluding the final disbursement) of the Allowance hereunder:
(1)    an affidavit signed by Tenant’s General Contractor affirming that all subcontractors, laborers, artisans, mechanics and material suppliers engaged in or supplying labor or materials for the design, planning and construction of the Tenant Improvements have been or will be (with payment of the relevant installment) paid in full prior to delinquency, with the exception only of labor and materials supplied to complete “punch list” items;
(2)    a waiver of liens with respect to the Leased Premises, the Building and the underlying property, executed by Tenant’s General Contractor and, if obtainable on the condition that they not be delivered and released except upon payment to Tenant’s General Contractor, a waiver of liens executed by all subcontractors, laborers, artisans, mechanics and material suppliers engaged in or supplying labor or materials for the design, planning and construction of the Tenant Improvements who has filed an unexpired notice to a properly appointed lien agent under Chapter 44-A, Article 2, of the North Carolina General Statutes; provided, however, if a claim of lien or a lien has been filed by any such subcontractor, laborer, artisan, mechanic or material supplier, Tenant shall bond of otherwise obtain an unconditional waiver of such lien before Landlord shall be obligated to disburse the relevant installment of the Allowance; and
(3)    AIA documents G702 and G703 or their equivalents.
(iv)    As used herein, the term “Final Documents” shall mean:
(1)    a copy of the certificate of occupancy for the Leased Premises issued by the appropriate governmental authority adequate to support occupancy of the Leased Premises (provided if such certificate of occupancy is temporary in nature, Tenant shall be obligated to diligently take all steps necessary to secure the issuance of the permanent certificate of occupancy for the Leased Premises, a copy of which shall be promptly delivered by Tenant to Landlord);
(2)    a written certification signed by an authorized, responsible representative of Tenant certifying (A) an itemized statement of the final, actual costs and expenses incurred by Tenant with respect to the work performed and the materials provided in connection with the design, planning and construction of the Tenant Improvements, together with a true and complete copy of all relevant invoices from subcontractors to Tenant’s General Contractor and from Tenant’s General Contractor to Tenant therefor, and (B) that all such costs and expenses either have been or will be (with payment of the Allowance) paid in full prior to delinquency;





(3)    an affidavit signed by Tenant’s General Contractor affirming that all subcontractors, laborers, artisans, mechanics and material suppliers engaged in or supplying labor or materials for the design, planning and construction of the Tenant Improvements have been or will be (with payment of the Allowance) paid in full prior to delinquency, with the exception only of labor and materials supplied to complete “punch list” items;
(4)    final “as-built” plans of the Tenant Improvements;
(5)    a waiver of liens with respect to the Leased Premises, the Building and the underlying property executed by Tenant’s General Contractor and, if obtainable on the condition that they not be delivered and released except upon payment to Tenant’s General Contractor, a waiver of liens executed by all subcontractors, laborers, artisans, mechanics and material suppliers engaged in or supplying labor or materials for the design, planning and construction of the Tenant Improvements who has filed an unexpired notice to a properly appointed lien agent under Chapter 44-A, Article 2, of the North Carolina General Statutes; provided, however, if a claim of lien or a lien has been filed by any such subcontractor, laborer, artisan, mechanic or material supplier, Tenant shall obtain an unconditional waiver of such lien before Landlord shall be obligated to disburse the Allowance; and
(6)    AIA documents G702 and G703 or their equivalents.
(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any portion of the Allowance remains unused following the completion of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s receipt of the Final Documents, Tenant shall be entitled to request, by written notice to Landlord, reimbursement from Landlord for certain documented, third party “soft costs,” including those costs associated with moving, cabling and installing furniture, fixtures and equipment in the Leased Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall only be required to reimburse Tenant an amount equal to the lesser of: (i) such unused portion of the Allowance or (ii) the Soft Cost Allowance (as defined in Section 1.01). In no event shall Tenant be entitled to use any unused portion of the Allowance to offset Minimum Annual Rent or any other charges payable by Tenant under the Lease.
(d)    Any portion of the Allowance remaining unapplied on the date that is twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date shall be retained by Landlord.
8.    Fee. Tenant shall hire JLL – Project & Development Services to manage the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord shall be entitled to a construction supervision fee in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the costs relating to the construction of the Tenant Improvements (the “Fee”). At Landlord’s option, the Fee shall either be (i) applied against the Allowance, or (ii) billed to Tenant (in which case Tenant shall pay the Fee to Landlord within ten (10) days following Landlord’s delivery of an invoice to Tenant).





9.    Landlord Delay. Subject to the terms of this Section 9, a “Landlord Delay” means delays in completing the Tenant Improvements attributable solely to Landlord, including, without limitation, (i) Landlord’s failure to act or respond within any time period required by Exhibit B or Exhibit B-1, (ii) Landlord’s failure to provide services or access to the Leased Premises to Tenant’s General Contractor to the extent required hereby and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to Tenant’s General Contractor (iii) modifications to the CDs or the Tenant Improvements required by errors in the Base Building plans and specifications provided to Tenant, (iv) defects in the Base Building Condition; or (v) any other wrongful and intentional act or omission of Landlord that actually delays completion of the Tenant Improvements, provided written notice of any claimed Landlord Delay is provided by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) business days after first learning of the events giving rise to the potential delay, and Landlord is afforded three (3) business days after receipt of such notice to cure or otherwise eliminate the cause of the applicable delay. If Landlord fails to cure or otherwise eliminate the cause of the applicable delay within three (3) business days after Landlord’s receipt of notice thereof from Tenant, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for the Landlord Delay, the Rent Commencement Date shall be extended one (1) day for each day of documented Landlord Delay beyond such three (3) business day cure period.
10.    Utilities and Hours. Tenant’s contractors shall be allowed to utilize, and Landlord shall make available to Tenant and Tenant contractor, at no charge, the Building loading dock, freight elevators (if any), power, water, chilled water and other existing utility facilities as necessary and required in connection with the construction of Tenant Improvements in the Leased Premises. Tenant contractor shall not be charged for the use of any freight elevators or hoist in the performance of Tenant Improvements. Tenant’s representatives shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises during normal working hours to construct the Tenant Improvements. After hours, Tenant may arrange for site access from Landlord at no additional cost.






EXHIBIT B-1
BASE BUILDING CONDITION

The Premises is in Generation 1 / Shell condition and will be delivered as-is.


Floor to Floor Height Approximately 13’6”
Ceiling Height Approximately 9’0”
Exterior Walls Steel Frame, Curtainwall, and Architectural Precast
Structural Steel Wide flange columns and beams
Floor Load 80 lbs psf
Roof Load 20 lbs psf
Roofing Mechanically attached .45 mil TPO with R-30 insulation
Perimeter Drywall Metal stud framing and insulation
Window Treatments 1” horizontal blinds
Electrical Base building lines stubbed at Premises demising
Phone / Data Base building lines stubbed at Premises demising
Plumbing Base building lines stubbed at Premises demising
HVAC Base building lines stubbed at Premises demising
Ceiling Tile / Grid None
Interior Lighting None







EXHIBIT C

LETTER OF UNDERSTANDING

SVT Perimeter Six, L.P.
c/o Starwood Capital Group
1255 23rd Street NW, Suite 675
Washington, DC 20037
Attention: Andres Panza

With a copy to:    

Vanderbilt Office Properties, LLC
c/o CA - Ventures
Vanderbilt Office Properties, LLC
625 W. Adams, Suite 1715
Chicago, Illinois 60601

RE:    Lease Agreement between SVT Perimeter Six, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“Tenant”), for the Leased Premises located at 1010 Sync Street, Morrisville, North Carolina (the “Leased Premises”), within the Perimeter Park, dated __________ (the “Lease”).
Dear _________________________:
The undersigned, on behalf of Tenant, certifies to Landlord as follows:
1.    The Commencement Date under the Lease is    _______________________.
2.    The rent commencement date is _______________________.
3.    The expiration date of the Lease is _______________________.
4.    The Lease (including amendments or guaranty, if any) is the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant as to the leasing of the Leased Premises and is in full force and effect.
5.    Landlord has completed the improvements designated as Landlord’s obligation under the Lease (excluding punch list items as agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant), if any, and Tenant has accepted the Leased Premises as of the Commencement Date.
6.    To the best of the undersigned’s knowledge, there are no uncured events of default by either Tenant or Landlord under the Lease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Letter of Understanding to be executed this ______ day of ____________, 20__.
[EXHIBIT ONLY — NOT FOR SIGNATURE]







EXHIBIT D

INTENTIONALLY DELETED







EXHIBIT E

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1.    The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress. Landlord shall control the Common Areas.
2.    No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Leased Premises other than Landlord standard window coverings without Landlord’s prior written approval. All electric ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent, of a quality, type, design and tube color approved by Landlord. Neither the interior nor the exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without written consent of Landlord.
3.    No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by any tenant on, about or from any part of the Leased Premises, the Building or in the Common Areas including the parking area without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove or stop same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred in such removal or stopping to tenant. The lobby directory will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering.
4.    The sashes, sash doors, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by tenant.
5.    The sinks and toilets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose subtenants, assignees or any of their servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused the same.
6.    No tenant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any part of the Leased Premises or the Building (except for nails for the display of artwork). No boring, cutting or stringing of wires or laying of any floor coverings shall be permitted, except as and to the extent permitted by the Lease. Landlord shall direct electricians as to where and how telephone or data cabling are to be introduced. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Leased Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.
7.    No bicycles, vehicles, birds or animals of any kind (except seeing eye dogs) shall be brought into or kept in or about the Leased Premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Leased Premises, except microwave and/or toaster-oven cooking, and the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants and their employees. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced in or permeate from the Leased Premises.
8.    No rollerblades, bicycles, vehicles of any kind, or skateboards (including, without limitation, so-called hover boards) shall be used or operated in or about the Leased Premises.





9.    The Leased Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Leased Premises. No tenant shall occupy or permit any portion of the Leased Premises to be occupied as an office for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or a dance, exercise or music studio, or any type of school or daycare or copy, photographic or print shop or an employment bureau without the express written consent of Landlord. The Leased Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.
10.    No tenant shall make, or permit to be made any unseemly, excessive or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with them, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way. No tenant shall throw anything out of doors, windows or down the passageways.
11.    No tenant, subtenant or assignee nor any of its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall at any time bring or keep upon the Leased Premises any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance or firearm.
12.    No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanism thereof. Each tenant must upon the termination of its tenancy, return to Landlord all keys of doors, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.
13.    No tenant shall overload the floors of the Leased Premises. All damage to the floor, structure or foundation of the Building due to improper positioning of storage items or materials shall be repaired by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord immediately therefor upon demand. All removals or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours that Landlord shall reasonably determine from time to time. The moving of safes or other fixtures or bulky matter of any kind must be done upon previous notice to Landlord and under Landlord’s supervision, and the persons employed by any tenant for such work must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all safes, freight or other bulky articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all safes, freight or other bulky articles which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, which must be placed upon supports approved by Landlord to distribute the weight.
14.    Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant that, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as an office location and, upon written notice from Landlord, such tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.





15.    The business hours for the Building shall be 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday and 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. on Saturday, excluding Holidays. Landlord reserves the right to require all persons entering the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. and at all hours on Saturday, Sunday and Holidays to register with Landlord’s security personnel. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons entering the Building at tenant’s invitation, express or implied. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of an invasion, mob riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right without any abatement of rent to require all persons to vacate the Building and to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same for the safety of the tenants and the protection of the Building and the property in the Building.
16.    No tenant shall purchase janitorial or maintenance or other like services, from any person or persons not approved by Landlord. Any persons employed by any tenant to do janitorial work or other work in the Leased Premises shall, while in the Building and outside of the Leased Premises, be subject to and under the control and direction of Landlord (but not as an agent or servant of Landlord), and tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.
17.    Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited, and each tenant shall report and otherwise cooperate to prevent the same.
18.    All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenant in the Leased Premises in settings that will, to the maximum extent possible, absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.
19.    No air-conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the written consent of Landlord.
20.    There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.
21.    The scheduling of tenant move-ins shall be before or after normal business hours and on weekends, subject to the reasonable discretion of Landlord.
22.    The Building is a smoke-free Building. Smoking is strictly prohibited within the Building. Smoking shall only be allowed in areas designated as a smoking area by Landlord. Tenant and its employees, representatives, contractors or invitees shall not smoke within the Building or throw cigar or cigarette butts or other substances or litter of any kind in or about the Building, except in receptacles for that purpose. Landlord may, at its sole discretion, impose a charge against monthly rent of $50.00 per violation by tenant or any of its employees, representatives, contractors or invitees, of this smoking policy.
23.    Tenants will insure that all doors are securely locked, and water faucets, electric lights and electric machinery are turned off before leaving the Building.





24.    Parking spaces associated with the Building are intended for the exclusive use of passenger automobiles. Except for intermittent deliveries, no vehicles other than passenger automobiles may be parked in a parking space without the express written permission of Landlord. Tenant, its employees, customers, invitees and guests shall, when using the parking facilities in and around the Building, observe and obey all signs regarding fire lanes and no-parking and driving speed zones and designated handicapped and visitor spaces, and when parking always park between the designated lines. Landlord reserves the right to tow away, at the expense of the owner, any vehicle which is improperly parked or parked in a no-parking zone or in a designated handicapped area, and any vehicle which is left in any parking lot in violation of the foregoing regulation. All vehicles shall be parked at the sole risk of the owner, and Landlord assumes no responsibility for any damage to or loss of vehicles except to the extent arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, the managing agent or any of their respective partners, directors, officers, agents or employees.
25.    Tenant shall be responsible for and cause the proper disposal of medical waste, including hypodermic needles, created by its employees.
26.    In the event Tenant connects equipment directly to a water supply, Tenant shall ensure that such equipment is plumbed with braided or copper lines. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, polymer plastic lines are not permitted for any plumbing performed by Tenant or its agents within the Building and Leased Premises.
It is Landlord’s desire to maintain in the Building and Common Areas the highest standard of dignity and good taste consistent with comfort and convenience for tenants. Any action or condition not meeting this high standard should be reported directly to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and further rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be necessary for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building and Common Areas, and for the preservation of good order therein.







EXHIBIT F

MEMORANDUM

Prepared by and Return to:
STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

WAKE COUNTY
MEMORANDUM OF LEASE

THIS MEMORANDUM OF LEASE (the “Memorandum”) is by and between SVT PERIMETER SIX, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).
    
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement effective as of ________________, 2022 (the “Lease”), for the Leased Premises defined below.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties enter into this Memorandum in order to reflect the following:
1.    Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby accepts and rents from Landlord, approximately 33,509 of space more particularly described in the Lease (the “Leased Premises”) located at 1010 Sync Street, Morrisville, North Carolina 27560, within Perimeter Park. The Building is located on the parcel of real property described on Exhibit A hereto.
2.    The initial Lease Term of the Lease shall be approximately one hundred eight (108) months, commencing on _________________.
3.    Tenant has the option to extend the Lease Term for the entire Leased Premises for two (2) periods of five (5) years in accordance with the terms of Section 16.17 of the Lease.
4.    Tenant has a right of first refusal to lease any space located within the Building, subject to existing tenant’s rights in accordance with the terms of Section 16.18 of the Lease.

The provisions set forth in the unrecorded Lease are incorporated in this Memorandum by reference. This Memorandum is not a complete summary of the Lease, and the provisions contained herein will not be construed to interpret the terms thereof. In the event of a conflict between this Memorandum and the unrecorded Lease, the Lease will control. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, this Memorandum will automatically terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to record a notice of that termination on its own signature. Landlord shall be deemed to be Tenant’s attorney-in-fact (which power of attorney shall be irrevocable and coupled with an interest) for purposes of executing and recording that termination notice. This Memorandum may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same document.



[EXHIBIT ONLY — NOT FOR SIGNATURE]







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Memorandum effective as of the date of recordation.


LANDLORD:

SVT PERIMETER SIX, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

By:    VPTC Management Partners, LLC, a     Delaware limited liability company, its     Authorized Signatory


    By:                             
    Printed:                         
    Title:                             

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

COUNTY OF ________________

    I certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day, acknowledging that s/he voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated: _________________, as _____________________________ of VPTC Management Partners, LLC, the Authorized Signatory of SVT PERIMETER SIX, L.P.


Date: ____________, 2021                                 

________________________________________
Official Signature of Notary
________________________________________
Insert name of Notary, printed or typed

(OFFICIAL SEAL)            My Commission Expires: ___________________









TENANT:

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation            
    
By:                            
Name:                             
Title:                             

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

WAKE COUNTY

    I certify that the following person personally appeared before me this day, acknowledging that s/he voluntarily signed the foregoing document for the purpose stated therein and in the capacity indicated: _________________, as _____________________________ of CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION.


Date: ____________, 2022                                 

________________________________________
Official Signature of Notary
________________________________________
Insert name of Notary, printed or typed

(OFFICIAL SEAL)            My Commission Expires: ___________________







EXHIBIT A TO MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
Lying and being situate in Wake County, North Carolina, and being more particularly described as follows:
EXHA.JPG






EXHIBIT G

FORM SNDA

THIS INSTRUMENT PREPARED BY
AND AFTER RECORDING RETURN TO:
Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP
550 S. Tryon Street, Suite 2900
Charlotte, North Carolina 28205
Attention: Charles A. Pettigrew, Esq.
SUBORDINATION,
NON-DISTURBANCE, AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT
THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated this ______ day of __________, 2021, between CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and BMO HARRIS BANK N.A., as lender (“Lender”).
R E C I T A L S:
A.    Tenant is the lessee under that certain lease between Tenant and SVT PERIMETER SIX, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), dated __________ ___, 2021, (the lease and all amendments thereto are hereinafter referred to as the “Lease”), covering approximately 33,509 square feet of space in Landlord’s building known as “Perimeter Six” and located at 1010 Sync Street, Morrisville, North Carolina, and legally described in Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Property”).
B.    Lender has made a loan (the “Loan”) to Landlord which is secured, in part, by the lien of a mortgage executed and delivered by Landlord to Lender encumbering the Property (the “Mortgage”) and an assignment of all leases of and rents from the Property.
C.    As a condition to entering into the Lease, Tenant requires that Lender enter into this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
I.    The Lease and all terms thereof, including, without limitation, any options to purchase, rights of first refusal, and any similar rights, are and shall be subject and subordinate to the Mortgage, and to all amendments, modifications, replacements and extensions thereof, to the full extent of the principal, interest, fees, expenses and all other amounts secured thereby.
II.    In the event Lender elects to foreclose the Mortgage, Lender will not join Tenant in summary or foreclosure proceedings unless required by applicable law (and then only to the extent so required) as long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods set forth in the Lease.





III.    In the event that Lender shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under the Lease, and provided there exists no default by Tenant under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Lender agrees that Lender (or its designee or nominee taking title to the Property) shall not disturb or otherwise interfere with Tenant’s possession of the leased premises for the unexpired term of the Lease, provided that Lender (or such nominee or designee) shall not be:
A.    liable for any act or omission of Landlord or any prior landlord under the Lease (without, however, excusing Lender (or other successor landlord) from the obligation to cure any ongoing landlord default that is curable by Lender and that Tenant has provided Lender written notice of);
B.    subject to any claims, offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against Landlord or any prior landlord;
C.    bound by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to Landlord or any prior landlord;
D.    bound by any amendment, modification, or assignment of the Lease made without Lender’s prior written consent; or
E.    liable for any security deposit Tenant might have paid to Landlord or any prior landlord, except to the extent Lender has actually received said security deposit (or a reserve to cover said security deposit).
IV.    Upon Lender’s succeeding to Landlord’s interest under the Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees to attorn to Lender or a purchaser at a foreclosure or trustee’s sale, to recognize such successor landlord as Tenant’s landlord under the Lease, and to be bound by and perform all of the obligations and conditions imposed upon Tenant by the Lease. If requested by Lender or any subsequent owner, Tenant shall execute a new lease with Lender or its designee or nominee, for a term equal to the remaining term of the Lease and otherwise containing the same provisions and covenants of the Lease. If the Lender (or its designee or nominee taking title to the Property) acquires title to the Property by foreclosure of the Mortgage, by deed in lieu or otherwise, Lender agrees that, in each case subject to Section 3 hereof and provided there exists no default by Tenant under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Lender (or its designee or nominee taking title to the Property) shall not disturb or otherwise interfere with Tenant’s possession of the leased premises for the unexpired term of the Lease and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if it were a direct lease between the Tenant and the Lender (or such designee or nominee) upon all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements set forth in the Lease and this Agreement.
V.    Prior to terminating the Lease due to a default by Landlord thereunder, Tenant agrees to notify Lender of such default and give Lender the opportunity to cure such default within thirty (30) days of Lender’s receipt of such notice (or, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, Lender shall have such longer time as may be necessary to cure the default, not to exceed an additional one hundred twenty (120) days); provided that Lender commences the cure within such period and diligently pursues the cure thereafter.






VI.    Any notice, election, communication, request or other document or demand required or permitted under this Agreement shall be (i) delivered in person, (ii) mailed, postage prepaid, either by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or (iii) by overnight express carrier, paid by the sending party, addressed in each case as follows:
If to Tenant (prior to occupancy):
ChannelAdvisor Corporation
3025 Carrington Mill Boulevard
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Attention: ___________

If to Tenant (following occupancy):
1010 Sync Street
Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
Suite 600
Attn: _______________________

If to Lender:
BMO Harris Bank N.A.
111 W. Monroe Street,
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Attn: Scott Morris
BMO Harris Bank N.A.
111 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Attention: Portfolio Manager/Perimeter 6
with a copy to:
Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP
525 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60661-3693
Attention: David R. Dlugie, Esq.
Reference: (382255-58)

or to any other address for such party in the United States of America as it shall designate in a written notice to the other party hereto. All notices sent pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph shall be deemed received (i) if personally delivered, then on the date of delivery, (ii) if sent by overnight, express carrier, then on the next federal banking day immediately following the day sent, or (iii) if sent by registered or certified mail, then on the earlier of the third federal banking day following the day sent or when actually received.
VII.    This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
VIII.    This Agreement can be modified only in writing duly executed by both parties.





IX.    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Lender and Tenant regarding the subordination of the Lease to the Mortgage and the rights and obligations of Tenant and Lender as to the subject matter of this Agreement. Any inconsistency between the Lease and the provisions of this Agreement shall be resolved in favor of this Agreement. Individuals signing this Agreement on behalf of a party hereto represent and warrant that they are authorized to bind that party.
X.    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
XI.    Upon full and indefeasible repayment of the Loan and the release of the Mortgage by Lender, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further force and effect.
XII.    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one agreement.






[EXHIBIT ONLY — NOT FOR SIGNATURE]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.
TENANT:

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation



By: _____________________________
Name: ___________________________
Its: ______________________________




STATE OF ___________________    )
)ss.
COUNTY OF _________________    )

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _______ day of __________ 2021, by ______________________, the _________________________________ of CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, on behalf of said entity.
WITNESS may hand and official seal.
_________________________________________
Notary Public

My commission Expires: ____________________







LENDER:

BMO HARRIS BANK N.A.,
a national banking association


By: _________________________________
Name: _______________________________
Its: __________________________________


STATE OF ___________________    )
)ss.
COUNTY OF _________________    )
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _______ day of __________ 2021, by ______________________, the ___________________ of BMO HARRIS BANK N.A., a national banking association, on behalf of said national banking association.
WITNESS may hand and official seal.
_________________________________________
Notary Public

[SEAL]    My commission Expires: ____________________







SCHEDULE 1
Legal Description
Real property in the City of Morrisville, County of Wake, State of North Carolina, described as follows:
PARCEL I:
BEING ALL OF LOT 6 CONTAINING 11.5825 ACRES, MORE OR LESS, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN PLAT ENTITLED "RECOMBINATION PLAT FOR PROPERTIES OF SVT PERIMETER TWO, L.P. & SVT PERIMETER SIX, L.P." PREPARED BY BASS, NIXON & KENNEDY, INC. AND RECORDED IN BOOK OF MAPS 2017, PAGES 1546-1547, WAKE COUNTY REGISTRY.
PARCEL II:
TOGETHER WITH THE NON-EXCLUSIVE EASEMENTS AS CREATED BY THE DECLARATION OF PROTECTIVE COVENANTS, CONDITIONS, RESTRICTIONS, RESERVATIONS AND EASEMENTS FOR PERIMETER PARK PHASE II DATED JUNE 30, 2005, AND RECORDED JULY 1, 2005 IN BOOK 11448, PAGE 815, WAKE COUNTY REGISTRY, AS AMENDED, FOR INGRESS AND EGRESS OVER THE COMMON AREA (AS DEFINED THEREIN).
PARCEL III:
TOGETHER WITH THE PERPETUAL, NON-EXCLUSIVE AND UNOBSTRUCTED EASEMSNTS GRANTED BY THAT CERTAIN EASEMENT DECLARATION AND SUBDIVISION EXEMPTION PLAT RECORDED IN BOOK OF MAPS 2017 AT PAGE 18-22 IN THE WAKE COUNTY REGISTRY, NORTH CAROLINA.
PARCEL IV:
TOGETHER WITH THE PERPETUAL AND NON-EXCLUSIVE AND RIGHT-OF-WAY GRANTED IN THAT CERTAIN EASEMENT AGREEMENT RECORDED IN BOOK 16701 AT PAGE 874-886 IN WAKE COUNTY REGISTRY, NORTH CAROLINA.
PARCEL V:
TOGETHER WITH THE PERPETUAL AND NON-EXCLUSIVE INGRESS/EGRESS CROSS ACCESS AGREEMENT RECORDED IN BOOK OF MAPS 2017 AT PAGE 1547 IN THE WAKE COUNTY REGISTRY, NORTH CAROLINA.









EXHIBIT H
HVAC SPECIFICATION


        The Building Standard heating, ventilating and air conditioning system shall meet the following design conditions, at the stated outside design conditions, based on seven (7) persons per 1000 square feet:

        1.    Summer: Outdoor conditions 92 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb, 75 degrees Fahrenheit wet bulb; indoor conditions 78 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb, 50% relative humidity at design condition.

        2.    Winter: Outdoor conditions minus 20 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb; indoor conditions 72 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb.

        The following dates shall constitute “Holidays” as said term is used in this Lease:

        (1)    New Year’s Day
        (2)    Memorial Day
        (3)    Independence Day
        (4)    Labor Day
        (5)    Thanksgiving Day
        (6)    Christmas
        (7)    Any other holiday recognized and taken by tenants occupying at least one half (1/2) of the Rentable Area of office space of the Building.

If in the case of any holiday described in (1) through (7) above, a different day shall be observed than the respective day above described, then that day which constitutes the day observed by national banks in Raleigh, North Carolina, on account of such holiday shall constitute the holiday under this Lease.






EXHIBIT I

JANITORIAL SPECIFICATIONS

LEASEIMAGE.JPG


B.JPG







C.JPG







EXHIBIT J

SUPERIOR RIGHTS


Relias Learning, LLC has a ROFR on all vacant space in the building, including the Leased Premises







EXHIBIT K

FOOD TRUCK REQUIREMENTS


I. Initial Food Truck Location, subject to adjustment from time to time in Landlord’s discretion





FT.JPG





II. Food Truck Insurance Requirements


LAST.JPG



Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of ChannelAdvisor Corporation
Name of Subsidiary Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
CA Washington, LLC Delaware
ChannelAdvisor (Barbados) Ltd Barbados
ChannelAdvisor GmbH Germany
ChannelAdvisor Hong Kong Limited Hong Kong
ChannelAdvisor Ireland Limited Ireland
ChannelAdvisor (AU) Pty Limited Australia
ChannelAdvisor UK Limited United Kingdom
ChannelAdvisor Brands UK Limited United Kingdom
ChannelAdvisor (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Limited People's Republic of China
ChannelAdvisor Spain S.L. Spain
ChannelAdvisor Japan K.K. Japan
ChannelAdvisor France France

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-188988, 333-194188, 333-202321, 333-209708, 333-216101, 333-223013, 333-229629, 333-236382, 333-252977) pertaining to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan of ChannelAdvisor Corporation of our reports dated February 10, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of ChannelAdvisor Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2021.

                                        
                                    /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
February 10, 2022


Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, David J. Spitz, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ChannelAdvisor Corporation;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: February 10, 2022 By: /s/ David J. Spitz
David J. Spitz
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Richard F. Cornetta, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ChannelAdvisor Corporation;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 10, 2022 By: /s/ Richard F. Cornetta
Richard F. Cornetta
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the "Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers hereby certifies, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to such officer’s knowledge:
(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and
(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company as of the end of the period covered by the Report and results of operations of the Company for the period covered by the Report.
/s/ David J. Spitz /s/ Richard F. Cornetta
David J. Spitz Richard F. Cornetta
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
February 10, 2022 February 10, 2022
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, is not being “filed” by the Company as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.